Download Epson C82324* Service manual

EPSON TERMINAL PRINTER
EPL-N2000
SERVICE MANUAL
EPSON
4006861
NOTICE
All right reserved. Reproduction of any part of this manual in any form wharsoever without SEIKO EPSON's express
written permission is forbidden.
The contents of this manual are subject to change without notice.
All efforts have been made to ensure the accuracy of the contents of this manual. However, should any errors be
detected, SEIKO EPSON would greatly appreciate being informed of them.
The above notwithstanding SEIKO EPSON can assume no responsibility for any errors in this manual or the consequences
thereof.
Epson is a resistoered trademark of Seiko Epson Corporation.
Generall
respective companies.
Copyright 1996 by SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION
Nagano, Japan
PRECAUTIONS
Precautionary notations throughout
the tect are categorized relative to 1) personal injury, and 2)
damage to equipment:
DANGER
Singnals a precaution which, if ignored, could ressult in serious or fatal personal
injury, Great caution should be exercised in performing procedures preceded by
a DANGER headings.
WARNING
Singnals a precaution which, if ignored, could result in damage to equipment.
The precautionary measures itemized below should always be observed when performing repair
/maintenance procedures.
DANGER
1. ALWAYS DISCONNECT THE PRODUCT FROM BOTH THE POWER SOURCE AND THE
HOST COMPUTER BEFORE PERFORMING ANY MAINTENANCE OR REPAIR PROCEDURE.
2. NO WORK SHOULD BE PERFORMED ON THE UNIT BY PERSONS UNFAMIAR WITH
BASIC SAFETY MEASURES AS DICTATED FOR ALL ELECTRONICS TECHNICIANS IN
THEIR LINE OF WORK
3. WHEN PERFORMING TESTING AS DISCATED WITHIN THIS MANUL, DO NOT CONNECT
THE UNIT TO A POWER SOURCE UNIT INSTRUCTED TO DO SO. WHEN THE POWER
SUPPLY CABLE MUST BE CONNECTED, USE EXTREME CAUTION IN WORKING ON
POWER SUPPLY AND OTHER ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS.
WARNING
1. REPAIRS ON EPSON PRODUCT SHOULD BE PERFORMED ONLY BY AN EPSON
CERTIFIED REPAIR TECHNICIAN.
2. MAKE CERTAIN THAT THE SOURCE VOLTAGE IS THE SAME AS THE RATED VOLTAGE,
LISTED ON THE SERIAL NUMBER/RATIG PLATE. IF THE EPSON PRODUCT HAS A
PRIMARY-AC RATING DIFERENT FORM THE AVAILABLE POWER SOURCE, DO NOT
CONNECTE IT TO THE POWER SOURCE.
3. ALWAYS VERIFY THAT THE EPSON PRODUCT HAS BEEN DISCONNECTED FROM THE
POWER SOURCE BEFORE REMOVING OR REPLACING PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS
AND/OR INDDMDUAL CHIPS.
4. IN ORDER TO PROTECT SENSITIVE m P CHIPS AND CIRCUITRY, USE STATIC
DISCHARGE EQUIPMENT, SUCH AS ANTI-STATIC WRIST STRAPS, WHEN ACCESSING
INTERNAL COMPONENTS.
5. REPLACE MALFUNCTIONING COMPONENTS ONLY WITH THOSE COMPONENTS
RECOMMENTED BY THE MAANUFACTURE; INTRODUCTION OF SECOND-SOURCE ICs
OR OTHER NONAPPROVED COMPONENTS MAY DAMAGE THE PRODUCT AND VOID
ANY APPLICABLE EPSON WARRANTY.
SAFETY INFORMATION
This printer is a page printer which operates by means of a laser. There is no possibility of danger from
the laser, provided the printer is operated according to the instructions in this manual provided.
Since radiation emitted by the laser is completely confined within protective housings, the laser beam
cannot escape from the machine during any phase of user operation.
For United States Users;
[Laser Safety1
This printer is certified as a Class 1 Laser product under the U.S. Department of Health
and Human Services (DHHS) Radiation Performance Standard according to the Radiation Control for Health and Safety Act of 1968. This means that the printer does not
produce hazardous laser radiation.
[CDRH Regulations]
The Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) of the U.S. Food and Drug
Administration implemented regulations for laser products on August 2,1976. Compliance is mandatory for products marketed in the United States. The label shown below
indicates compliance with the CDRH regulations and must be attached to laser products
marketed in the United States.
1
WARNING: Use of controls, adjustments or performance of procedures other
than those specified in this manual may result in hazardous radiation exposure.
[Internal Laser Radiation]
Maximum Radiation Power:
Wave Length:
5.0 x 1o-4 (W)
7 9 0 *2onm
This is a Class IIIb Laser Diode Assay that has an invisible laser beam. The print head
unit is NOT A FIELD SERVICE ITEM. Therefore, the print head unit should not be
opened under any circumstances.
For Other Countries Users;
WARNING: Use of controls, adjustments or performance of procedures other
than those specified in this manual may result in hazardous radiation exposure.
This is a semiconductor laser. The maximum power of the laser diode is 5.0 x
low4 W and the wavelength is 790 + 20 nm.
For Denmark Users;
ADVARS EL
Usynlig laserstrdling ved abning, nar sikkerhedsafbrydere er ude af funktion.
Undna udszttelse for strbling.
I Klasse 1 laser nrodukt der onfvlder IEC825 sikkerheds kravene.
For Finland. Sweden Users:
" VAROITUS
Laitteen kayttaminen muulla kuin t&a kayttoohjeessa mainitulla tavalla saattaa altistaa kayttajan turvallisuusluokan 1 ylittavalle nakymattomalle lasersateiylle.
I VARNING
Om apparaten anvands pa annat satt %-I i denna bruksanvisning specificerats,
kan anvandaren utsattas for osynlig laserstrhlning, som over&rider gransen
for laser klass 1.
For Finland. Sweden Service PeoDle
VAROITUS
Avattaessa ja suojalukitus ohitettaessa olet alttiina nakymattomalle lasersateilylle. Ala katso sateeseen.
VARNING
Osynlig laserstralning nar denna de1 ar Bppnad och sparren ar urkopplad.
Betrakta ei stralen.
For Norway Users;
ADVARSEL
Dersom apparatet brukes pa annen mate enn spesifisert i denne bruksanvisning, kan brukeren utsettes for unsynlig laserstrdling som over&rider grensen for laser klasse 1.
Dette er en halvleder laser. Maksimal effeckt til laserdiode er 5.0 x lo-" W og
bolgelengde er 790 + 20 nm.
Laser Safety Labels
[Label on rear printer case]
A laser safety labels is attached on the outside of the printer shown below.
For United State
This laser product conforms to the applicable
requirement of 21 CFR
Chapter I, subchapter J.
SEIKO EPSON CORP.
Hirooka Office
80 Hirooka, Shiojiri-shi, Nagano-ken,
Japan
MANUFACTURED:
For Europe
lASERKlASSE1NACHIEC825
CUBS1 LMERPRODUCTTOIEC825
WE1 UWR PR0DUKTI.H.T. IEC825
LUOKANl lAsERwlE
[Label inside printer]
The following laser safety label will be attached inside the printer as shown below.
For Denmark, Finland, Sweden, and Norway
III
CALITION
-
INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION WHEN OPEN
AVOID &X'GSURE TO SEAM
IJNSlCnTBARE IASE-LUNG WENN
ASDECKUNG GEOFFNET NlCHl DEM SlRAHL
AUSSEIZEN
ADVAflSEL- USYNUG IASERSTliUNG N&l DEKSEL
iPNES UNNGA EKSPONERlNG FGR .STRhN 1
VAROL
AVAlTAESSA OLET ALTTIINA NhWMihN
blSEFt.SbElLYUT h.6. KATSO SbEESEEN
ADVARSEL USYNUG LASERStiNG VED hMNG
UNDGA UDS- E FOR Sl-&lNG
VARNINGOSVNIJG IASERSdLNlNG N&l DENNA DEL
AR 6WNAD SThLEN iR FARLIG
I I
vORSlCHT-
For Finland. Sweden Users:
" VAROITUS
Laitteen kayttaminen muulla kuin "
kayttoohjeessa mainitulla tavalla saattaa altistaa kayttajan turvallisuusluokan 1 ylittavalle nakymattomalle lasersateiylle.
I VARNING
Om apparaten anvands pa annat satt %-I i denna bruksanvisning specificerats,
kan anvandaren utsattas for osynlig laserstrhlning, som over&rider gransen
for laser klass 1.
For Finland. Sweden Service PeoDle
VAROITUS
Avattaessa ja suojalukitus ohitettaessa olet alttiina nakymattomalle lasersateilylle. Ala katso sateeseen.
VARNING
Osynlig laserstralning nar denna de1 ar Bppnad och sparren ar urkopplad.
Betrakta ei stralen.
For Norway Users;
ADVARSEL
Dersom apparatet brukes pa annen mate enn spesifisert i denne bruksanvisning, kan brukeren utsettes for unsynlig laserstrdling som over&rider grensen for laser klasse 1.
Dette er en halvleder laser. Maksimal effeckt til laserdiode er 5.0 x lo-" W og
bolgelengde er 790 + 20 nm.
Laser Safety Labels
[Label on rear printer case]
A laser safety labels is attached on the outside of the printer shown below.
For United State
This laser product conforms to the applicable
requirement of 21 CFR
Chapter I, subchapter J.
SEIKO EPSON CORP.
Hirooka Office
80 Hirooka, Shiojiri-shi, Nagano-ken,
Japan
MANUFACTURED:
REVISION SHEET
Revision
Issued Date
Rev. A
November 17, 1996
Revision
Page
1st issued
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 1.
CHAPTER 2.
CHAPTER 3.
CHAPTER 4.
CHAPTER 5.
CHAPTER 6.
APPENDIX
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
OPERATION PRINCIPLES
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
ADJUSTMENTS
TROUBLESHOOTING
MAINTENANCE
Chapter 1 Product Description
Table of Contents
1.1 FEATURES
1-1
1.2 SPECIFICATIONS
1-4
1.2.1 Basic Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
1.2.2 Electric Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
1.2.3 Specifications for Reliability and Durability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
1.2.4 Environmental Conditions for Operation (Including Consumables) . . . . . 1-9
1.2.5 Environmental Conditions for Storage and Transportation . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
1.2.6 Specifications for the ImagingCartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
1.2.7 Applicable Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
1.2.8 Physical Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
1.2.9 Process Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
1.2.10 Controller Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
1.2.11 Software Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
1.2.12 Font Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
1.3 INTERFACE SPECIFICATIONS
1-17
1.3.1 Parallel Interface Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
1.3.1.1 Parallel Interface B Type Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
1.3.1.2 Parallel Interface C Type Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
1.3.1.3 Network Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
1.3.2 Serial Interface Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
1.3.3 Optional LocalTalk Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26
1.4 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
1-27
1.4.1 Control Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27
1.4.2 Panel Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-29
1.4.3 Service Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-36
1.4.3.1 Hexadecimal Dump Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-36
1.4.3.2 EEPROM Initialize Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-36
1.4.3.3 Formatting Flash Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-36
1.4.3.4 Page Counter Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-36
1.4.3.5 Flash ROM Updating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-36
1.4.4 Display of Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-37
1.4.4.1 Status Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-37
1.4.4.2 Error Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-38
1.4.4.3 Warning Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-46
1.4.4.4 Message at Power On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-49
1.4.4.5 Service Call Error Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-49
1.4.5 Printer Sharing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-50
1.4.5.1 Port Fixed Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-50
1.4.5.2 Auto Sense Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-50
1.4.6 Controller RAM Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-51
1.4.7 EJL (EPSON Job Control Language) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-51
1.4.8 BiRITech (BI Resolution Improvement Technology) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-51
1.4.9 PGI (Photo and Graphics Improvement) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-52
1.4.10 Toner Saver Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-52
1.4.11 Precaution for Power Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-52
1.5 MAIN COMPONENTS
1.5.1 C207 MAIN Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.5.2 PWB-A Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.5.3 PWB-E Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.5.4 PWB-F Board Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.5.5 Paper Takeup Roller Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.5.6 Registration Roller Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.5.7 Transfer Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.5.8 Print Head Unit (Optical Unit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.5.9 Fusing Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.5.10 Drive Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.5.11 ImagingCartridge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.5.12 Cassette Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-53
1-54
1-55
1-55
1-56
1-56
1-57
1-57
1-58
1-58
1-59
1-59
1-60
List of Figures
Figure 1-1.
Figure 1-2.
Figure 1-3.
Figure 1-4.
Figure 1-5.
Figure 1-6.
Figure 1-7.
Figure 1-8.
Figure 1-9.
Figure 1-10
Figure 1-11.
Figure 1-12.
Figure 1-13.
Figure 1-14.
Figure 1-15.
Figure 1-16.
Figure 1-17.
Figure 1-18.
Figure 1-19.
Figure 1-20.
Figure 1-21.
Figure 1-22.
Exterior View of the EPL-N2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Printable Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Space Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Timing Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Operation Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27
Interface Port Fixed Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-50
Interface Auto Sense Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-50
BiRITech Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-51
Toner Saver Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-52
Main Component Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-53
C207 MAIN Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-54
PWB-A Board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-55
PWB-E Board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-55
PWB-F Board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-56
Paper Takeup Roller Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-56
Registration Roller Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-57
Transfer Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-57
Print Head Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-58
Fusing Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-58
Drive Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-59
ImagingCartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-59
Cassette Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-60
List of Tables
Table 1-1. Options and Consumables for EPL-N2000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Table 1-2. Paper Feed Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Table 1-3. Available Paper Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Table 1-4. Paper Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Table 1-5. Usability of Special Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Table 1-6. Electrical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Table 1-7. Paper Feed Reliability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Table 1-8. Paper Skew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Table 1-9. Environmental Conditions for Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Table 1-10. Environmental Conditions for Storage and Transportation. . . . . . . 1-11
Table 1-11. Differences between LJ4-GL/2 Mode and GL-like Mode . . . . . . . . 1-14
Table 1-12. Built-in Fonts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
Table 1-13. Timing in Compatibility Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Table 1-14. Pin Assignments for Parallel B Type I/F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Table 1-15. Pin Assignments for Parallel C Type I/F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
Table 1-16. Pin Assignments for RJ-45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
Table 1-17. Serial Interface Pin Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
Table 1-18. LocalTalk Interface Pin Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26
Table 1-19. SelecType Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30
Table 1-20. Status Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-37
Table 1-21. Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-38
Table 1-22. Warning Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-46
Table 1-23. Messages at Power On. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-49
Table 1-24. Service Call Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-49
Table 1-25. Toner Saver Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-52
1.1 FEATURES
The EPSON EPL-N2000 is a non-impact page printer that combines a semi-conductor laser with
electrophotographic technology. The main features are:
❏
Paper feed up to 1150 sheets
(for A4 or letter-size paper):
Standard:
Optional:
150 sheets for MP (multipurpose) tray
500 sheets for standard lower paper cassette
500 sheets for 500-sheet lower paper cassette unit
❏
High print speed:
20 ppm in single-sided print mode for A4 or letter-size
paper
❏
Integrated imaging cartridge:
Provides long cartridge life (10,000 sheets) and easy user
maintenance.
❏
Optional duplex print
❏
Ozone
Printing process creates no ozone gas
❏
High capacity output tray:
Face-down exit tray holds up to 500 sheets
❏
2 optional paper cassettes for the
lower paper cassettes unit:
500-sheet cassette for A4 or letter-size paper
250-sheet universal cassette (available for up to A3-size
paper)
❏
Power saving mode:
Conforms to Energy Star program
Figure 1-1. Exterior View of the EPL-N2000
Rev. A
1-1
Product Description
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Table 1-1 lists the consumables and optional units available for the EPL-N2000.
Table 1-1. Options and Consumables for EPL-N2000
Option
Part #
ROM SIMM
(EpsonScript Level 2 PostScript ROM
SIMM)
C83226*
1MB RAM SIMM
---
2MB RAM SIMM
---
4MB RAM SIMM
---
8MB RAM SIMM
---
16MB RAM SIMM
---
32MB RAM SIMM
Minimum RAM size: 2MB
--1
NLSP Bitmap 2 Font ROM for LGC*
---
NLSP Bitmap 2 Font ROM for HA
---
NLSP Bitmap 2 Font ROM for OCR
---
LocalTalk/Serial Module
C82334*
Interface Cable (2 m, 6.6’)
C83602*
Interface Cable (0.4 m, 1.3’)
Requirements
Available only in Europe
Cannot be used with AppleTalk I/F of Type
B I/F Board
C836031
(See Note 2)
C836041
See Notes 2 and 3)
C836051
(See Note 2)
C836061
(See Notes 2 and 3)
C83615*
(See Note 4)
C836141
(See Note 5)
Notes:
1. Can be used in HP (GL/2) and ESC/P 2 modes.
2. Can be used only when 32KB serial interface is used.
3. Can be used in combination with interface cable C836141 with the serial interface mode for the
LocalTalk /Serial Module.
4. Can be used when RS-232C I/F is selected for serial interface mode and LocalTalk/Serial Module.
5. Can be used with the serial interface mode for LocalTalk/Serial Module.
6. The asterisk is a substitution for the last digit of the product number, which varies by country:
1: For EAI
2: For areas other than EAI
1-2
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Product Description
Table 1-1. Options and Consumables for EPL-N2000 (Continued)
Option
Type B Interface Board
Part #
Description
C82307*
32KB Serial I/F (RS-422)
C82310*
32KB Parallel Interface
C82312*
AppleTalk Interface
C82314*
Coax Interface
C82315*
Twinax Interface
C82313*
GPIB Interface or IEEE-1284
C82324*
NetWare
C82328*
Fax
Imaging Cartridge
S051035
250 Sheet Paper Cassette A3 Universal
C81269*
500 Sheet Paper Cassette A4
C81264*
500 Sheet Paper Tray LT
C81265*
250 Sheet Paper Tray A3 Universal
C81270*
500 Sheet Paper Tray A4
C81266*
500 sheet Paper Tray LT
C81267*
duplex Unit
C81268*
*The asterisk is a substitution for the last digit of the product number, which varies by
country:
1: for EAI
2: for the areas other than EAI
Rev. A
1-3
Product Description
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
1.2 SPECIFICATIONS
This section provides statistical data for the EPL-N2000.
1.2.1 Basic Specifications
❏
Type
Desktop page printer
❏
Printing method
Laser beam scanning and dry electrophotographic process
❏
Resolution
600 dpi
❏
Printing speed
Single-sided print:
Duplex print:
20.0 ppm*1, 11.0 ppm*2
12.0 ppm*1, 6 .0 ppm*2
❏
First print time
Single-sided print:
Duplex print:
16.0 seconds*1, 18.0 seconds*2
26.0 seconds*1, 36.0 seconds*2
❏
Warm-up time
100 V, 200 V:
Less than 70 seconds
(at rated current and 23o C (68o F) temperature)
❏
Paper supplies
See Table 1-2.
*1:
Using A4 or letter-size paper in landscape orientation in the direction of the paper path.
*2:
Using A3 paper in portrait orientation in the direction paper of the paper path.
Table 1-2. Paper Feed Sources
Paper Supply
Paper Size*1
Capacity
Usage Thickness
(Ream Weight)
Standard:
MP Tray
Standard lower
cassette unit
Optional lower
cassette unit*3
Universal
A3+, A3, B4, F4, A4 (L)
B5 (L), l-B5 (L), A5 (L),
Ledger, Legal, GLG,
Letter (L), GLT (L),
Executive (L), HLT (L)
200 *2
Envelopes
Monarch, C10, DL, C5,
C6 *1
10
A4/letter
cassette
GLG, LGL, B
A3, B4, LTR (L)
A4 (L), B5 (L),
A5 (L) *1
A4/letter
cassette
A4 (L), LTR (L), *1
A3 universal
cassette
A3, B4, F4, A4 (L)
B5 (L), l-B5 (L), A5 (L),
Ledger, Legal, GLG,
Letter (L), GLT (L),
Executive (L), HLT (L)
Thick paper:
Special
papers:
60 to 135 g /m2
(16 to 36 lb)
90 to 157 g/m2
(24 to 42 lb)
Labels,
transparencies
Standard paper
60 to 105 g/m2 (16 to 28 lb)
2
250 *
Standard paper
60 to 90 g/m2 (16 to 24 lb)
Standard paper
500 *2
60 to 90 g/m2 (16 to 24 lb)
250
*1:
(L) indicates landscape orientation; all others are portrait orientation
*2:
With 75 g/m2 (20 lb) paper.
*3:
The A4/letter cassette and A3 universal cassette are available for both the standard and
optional cassette units.
1-4
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
❏
Product Description
Paper sizes
Front tray
See Table 1-3.
Width:
92 mm to 330.2 mm (3.26" to 13")
Length:
140 mm to 483 mm (5.5" to 19")
Table 1-3. Available Paper Sizes
Paper Type
Size
Width X Length
MP Tray
Cassette
Duplex*2
Universal Universal A4/Letter
A3+
328 X 453 mm
P*1
—
—
P
A3
297 X 420 mm
P
P
—
P
B4
257 X 364 mm
P
P
—
P
F4
210 x 330 mm
P
P
—
P
1
210 X 297 mm
L*
L
L
L
B5*
182 x 257 mm
L
L
—
L
l-B5*3
176 X 250 mm
L
L
—
L
A5
148 x 210 mm
L
L
—
L
Ledger
11" X 17"
P
P
—
P
Legal
8.5 X 14"
P
P
—
P
GLG
8.5" X 13"
P
P
—
P
Letter
8.5" X 11"
L
L
L
L
GLT
8" X 10.5"
L
L
—
L
Executive
7.25" X 10.5"
L
L
—
L
HLT
5.5" X 8.5"
L
L
—
L
Monarch
3 7/8" X7 1/2"
P
—
—
—
C-10
4 1/8"x9 1/2"
P
—
—
—
DL
110 X 220 mm
P
—
—
—
C5
162 X 229 mm
P
—
—
—
C6
114 X 162 mm
P
—
—
—
A4
3
*1: P: Portrait orientation
L: Landscape orientation
*2: Only standard-size paper can be used for duplex printing.
*3: The printer identifies B5 with l-B5 paper.
Rev. A
1-5
Product Description
❏
Paper types
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Normal paper:
Recycled paper:
Special paper:
Specific paper:
60 to 90 g/m2 (16 to 24 lb)
60 to 90 g/m2 (16 to 24 lb)
Transparencies (OHP), letterhead, envelopes, labels,
thick paper (91 to 157 g/m2, 24 to 42 lb)
A3+
328 mm × 453 mm, 75 to 80 g/m2 (20 to 21 lb)
Table 1-4. Paper Types
U.S.
Recommended
Normal Paper
Paper
Standard Paper
Recycled Paper
Special
Paper
Europe
Minolta Bond 20 lb. (Nekoosa)
Copy paper 70
Copy paper 80
(Neusiedler)
Xerox 4024 DP 20 lb
—
Ardor Recycled Xerox/Bond
20 lb (Nekoosa)
RCC80 (Steinbeis)
Letterhead
Four Star 403C 20 lb, Parchment Deed 13C 20 lb
Neenah Bond 20 lb, Gilbert 20 lb
Transparency
(OHP)
3M PP2500
Table 1-5. Usability of Special Papers
Feeding
Source
Standard
Paper
Normal
Paper
Special Papers —
OHP, Envelopes, Labels
MP tray
RF
R
P
Lower paper cassette
RF
R
N
RF
R
N
RF
R
N
RF
R
N
Universal cassette
(250 sheets)
A4, letter cassette
(500 sheets)
Duplex unit
RF: Reliable feeding and good image quality.
R: Reliable feeding and good image quality, but limited to paper generally available.
P: Possible, but limited to paper generally available.
N: Not supported.
❏
Paper feed alignment direction:
Center alignment for all sizes
❏
Paper ejection:
Face-down only
❏
Output tray capacity:
500 sheets (75 g/m2, 20 lb paper)
1-6
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
❏
Printable area:
Product Description
See Figure 1-2.
E
A
B
4 mm
C
F
Paper transprt Direction
Printable Area
D
4 mm
4 mm
4 mm
Figure 1-2. Printable Area
For A3+ paper (E X F) : 297 × 420 mm ( 12.12 X 17.14 ")
The maximum printable area with good image quality (E X F) :
323 × 443 mm (12.72 × 17.44").
Printable area can vary, depending on the emulation.
Note:
1.2.2 Electrical Specifications
Table 1-6. Electrical Specifications
Printer Version
Rated Voltage
Rated Frequency
Range
100 V Version
90 V to 110 V
(100 V ± 10 %)
120 V Version
108 V to 132 V
(120 V ± 10 %)
200 V Series
207 V to 253
(230 V ± 10 %)
50 /60 Hz ± 3 Hz
Less than 790 W
Less than 45 W (in energy-saver mode)
Less than 8 A
Less than 7 A
Current Consumption
( at rated voltage)
( at rated voltage)
Power Consumption
Rev. A
Less than 5 A
( at rated voltage)
1-7
Product Description
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
1.2.3 Specifications for Reliability, Durability, and Maintenance
❏
MPBF* (mean prints between failures): over 60,000 sheets or 3,000 hours
*
MPBF indicates an average number of pages printed before occurrence of problem requiring
replacement or service.
Table 1-7. Paper Feed Reliability
Cassette*1
MP tray
Jam rate *2
1/ 2000 or less
1/ 2000 or less
1/ 1000 or less
Feed failure
1/ 2000 or less
1/ 2000 or less
1/2000 or less
Multiple paper feeds
1/ 500 or less
1/ 500 or less
1/500
Leading edge bent
1/ 1000
for 1C or more *3
1/ 1000
for 1C or more *3
1/500 or less
Paper wrinkle
1/ 1000 or less
1/ 1000 or less
1/500 or less
*1:
A4/letter cassette and universal cassette from the lower paper cassette units.
*2:
Multiple paper feeds excluded.
*3:
Disregarding a sheet bent less than 1C. (1C = 1 corner bent by 1 mm or less)
Note:
❏
Duplex
Statistics above only apply to newly unpacked paper.
Print Position (Refer to Figure 1-2.)
Single-sided print:
Main scan direction:
Sub scan direction:
Standard position (C) ± 2.0 mm
Standard position (A) ± 2.5 mm
Duplex print:
Main scan direction:
Sub scan direction:
Standard position (C) ± 3.0 mm
Standard position (A) ± 2.5 mm
❏
Paper curl height:
± 30 mm or less
❏
MTTR (mean time to repair):
30 minutes or less
❏
Printer operating life:
5 years or 360,000 sheets,
whichever comes first.
❏
Acoustic noise:
38 db(A), standby
53 db(A), operation
❏
Ozone density:
Less than 0.02 ppm (Blue Angel standard conformance)
❏
Toxicity:
No toxicity exists in OPC, toner, or plastic materials
❏
Skew
See Table 1-8.
Table 1-8. Paper Skew
Single-sided print
Direction
A4 (Landscape)
A3
C-D*1
A-B*2
± 1.5 mm
± 2.0 mm
± 3.0 mm
± 2.0 mm
C-D
A-B
æ 2.5 mm
± 3.0 mm
± 4.5 mm
± 3.0 mm
Duplex print
*1: Main scan direction
1-8
*2: Sub scan direction (See Figure 1-2.)
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Product Description
1.2.4 Environmental Conditions for Operation (Including Consumables)
❏
Temperature:
10 to 35o C (50 to 90o F)
❏
Humidity:
15 to 85% RH (withour condensation)
❏
Altitude:
2500 m (8202’) or less
❏
Atmospheric pressure:
760 hpa or more
❏
Levelness:
1o or less
❏
Illuminance:
3,000 lux or less (must not be exposed to direct sunlight.)
❏
Surrounding space required:
See Figure 1-3.
200 mm (8")
970 mm (40")
200 mm (8")
With the duplex unit
180 mm (7")
Without the duplex unit
400 mm (16")
With the universal cassette
200 mm (8")
Leave 880 mm in height including 400 mm for opening the top cover.
An additional 94 mm in height is needed when installing the optional cassette unit.
Figure 1-3. Space Requirements
Rev. A
1-9
Product Description
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
1.2.5 Environmental Conditions for Storage and Transportation
Table 1-9. Environmental Conditions for Storage
Storage life
18 months after production, packed.
Normal (over full storage life )
Temperature
Humidity
Extremes
(1/3 of full storage life)
0 to 35° C (32 to 95 F)
High
35 to 55° C (95 to 131 F)* 1
Low
–20 to 0° C (–4 to 32 F)
Change range per hour
Less than 10° C (18 F)
Normal (over full storage life )
30 to 85 RH
Extremes
(1/3 of the full storage life)
High
85 to 95% RH
Low
10 to 30% RH
Atmospheric 61.3 to 101.3K Pa (460 to 760 mm Hg)
Pressure
*1 Without Imaging cartridge
❏
❏
Resistance to vibration (including consumables):
Vibration frequency:
5 to 100 Hz , 100 to 5 Hz
Acceleration:
1G
Transportation time:
10 minutes (1 way)
Accelaration directions:
3 directions
Acceleration duration:
60 minutes for each direction — X, Y and Z (180 minutes total)
Drop test:
No damage at JIS Z0200-1987 level 1
1-10
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Product Description
1.2.6 Specifications for the Imaging Cartridge
❏
Cartridge life:
*
This number is printable pages in continuous print mode using A4 or letter size paper at a 5%
image ratio (black/white ratio). Life varies, depending on the image ratio and printing mode,
such as continuous/intermittent, density and toner saver.
10,000 sheets *
Table 1-10. Environmental Conditions for Storage and Transportation
Storage life
18 months after production, packed.
0 to 35o C (32 to 95 F)
Normal (over full storage life )
Temperature
Humidity
Extremes
(1/3 of the full storage life)
High
35 to 40oC (95 to 104 F)* 1
Low
–20 to 0oC (–4 to 32 F)
Change range per hour
Less than 10oC (18 F)
Normal (over full storage life )
30 to 85 RH
Extremes
(1/3 of the full storage life)
High
85 to 95% RH
Low
10 to 30% RH
Atmospheric 74.0 to 101.3K Pa (555 to 760 mm Hg)
Pressure
* 1: Without condensation
❏
Drop test:
Height : 76 cm
❏
Resistance to vibration:
Same as the printer
Rev. A
1-11
Product Description
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
1.2.7 Applicable Standards
Safety Standards
❏
USA
UL1950
❏
Canada
CSA950
❏
Europe
EN60950:1992
Annex ZB, ZC
Safety Regulations (Laser Radiation)
❏
USA
21 CFR Chapter 1 Subchapter J Part 1040
❏
Europe
IEC825
EMI
❏
USA
47 CFR Part 15 Subpart B Class A
❏
Canada
ICES-003:Issue 2 Class A
❏
Europe
EN 55022 (Class A)
Others
❏
Toner
No effect on human health ( OSHA-TSCA, EINEX )
❏
OPC
No effect on human health ( under OSHA regulations)
❏
Ozone
UL478 (5th edition)
❏
Materials
SWISS environmental law ( must contain no CdS)
1.2.8 Physical Specifications
❏
Dimensions
(Width X Depth X Height):
561 × 402 × 408 mm (22 × 16 × 16")
(Without optional lower cassette unit)
561 × 402 × 508.3 mm (22 × 16 × 20")
(With optional lower cassette unit)
❏
Weight:
Approximately 24 kg ( 53 lb.)
(Consumables and options excluded)
1.2.9 Process Specifications
❏
Printing system
Electrostatic and dry electrophotographic process
❏
Exposing source
Semi-conductor laser beam scanning system
❏
Exposed object
OPC drum (Organic Photo Conductor)
❏
Charging system
Rotating charge brush system
❏
Developing system
Fine Micro Toning system
❏
Toner
Nonmagnetic toner
❏
Image transfer system
Roller transfer system
❏
Drum cleaning system
Cleaning blade
❏
Fixing system
Heat roller
❏
Image density control
Variable developer bias (can be set by user)
1-12
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Product Description
1.2.10 Controller Specifications
❏
CPU:
RISC type CPU:
Clock speed:
MB86935-50
47.6 MHz
❏
RAM:
Standard:
Max.*1:
4MB
68MB
❏
ROM:
4MB
❏
EEPROM:
16Kbits
❏
Host interface:
Standard:
Optional:
❏
Optional slots:
RAM SIMMs:
ROM SIMM:
PCMCIA:
NLSP socket:
Type B:
B idirectional parallel B type / C type
Ethernet*2
Type B *3
LocalTalk/Serial Module
2 slots
1 slot
1 slot
1 slot
1 slot
CAUTION
*1: Expanded with up to 2 SIMMs
*2: Type-B I/F Board (C82331*) (standard) is instsalled in Type-B slot.
*3: Remove Type-B I/F Board (C82331*) (Standard) before inserting Type-B I/F card.
Make sure power is off when installing and removing options.
1 .2.11 Software Specifications
❏
Built-in emulation modes:
PCL5e *1
GL/2 *1
EPSON GL/2 *2
FX
ESC/P 2
I239X
*1: Included in HP LaserJet 4 emulation.
*2: EPSON GL/2 mode, which emulates the GL/2 mode in the HP LaserJet 4 emulation, has 2
modes; LJ4-GL2 mode and GL-like mode.
❏ LJ4-GL2 mode: Used to print with software that supports the HP 7600 series electrostatic
plotter. It emulates GL/2 mode in the HP LaserJet 4 emulation. In EPSON
GL/2 mode, however, the operator can reach some parameters with
SelecType, without sending commands.
❏ GL-like mode: Used to print with software that supports the HP7475A series pen plotter.
GL-like mode features all the commands for LJ4-GL/2 mode, except some
instructions such as plotter unit and picture frame, that are the same as in
EPSON GL/2 mode. However, since GL-like mode doesn’t support some
commands used in the HP GL mode, print cannot be assured with
application software that specifies those commands.
See Table 1-11 for differences between LJ4-GL/2 mode and the GL-like mode.
Rev. A
1-13
Product Description
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Table 1-11. Differences between LJ4-GL/2 Mode and GL-like Mode
LJ4-GL/2 Mode
GL-like Mode
Orientation
Can be set in printing menu
Always landscape
Plotter Unit
1/1016 inch
1/1021 inch
Picture Frame
Same as in GL/2 mode in HP
LaserJet mode
Hard clip limit for EPSON GL
mode
Default Value for P1 and P2
Left and right bottom edge of
the picture frame
Inside the picture frame
Undefined Command
The first character discarded
Both of 2 characters discarded
CS, CA Command
Unsupported
Supported
(Not fully compatible with the
HP-GL mode)
Procedure for omission of 2nd
parameter of the DT command
No terminator plotted
Terminator plotted
Default value for number of
pens
2
8 (can be set by sending a
command)
1.2.12 Fonts Specifications
❏
Built-in fonts:
Scalable: 45 fonts
Bitmap: 1 font
See Table 1-12 on the next page for the list of the built-in fonts.
1-14
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Product Description
Table 1-12. Built-in Fonts
Applicable Modes
Resident Fonts
PCL 5e
GL/2
ESC/P 2
FX
Bitmap font
Line Printer
S
NS
NS
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
S
S
NS
NS
S
S
NS
NS
NS
NS
S
S
NS
NS
S
S
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
S
S
NS
NS
NS
NS
S
S
NS
NS
S
S
NS
Scalable fonts
Dutch 801 Roman SWC
Dutch 801 Bold SWC
Dutch 801 Italic SWC
Dutch 801 Bold Italic SWC
ZapfHumanist 601 Demi SWC
ZapfHumanist 601 Bold SWC
ZapfHumanist 601 Demi Italic SWC
ZapfHumanist 601 Bold Italic SWC
Ribbon 131 SWC
Clarendon Condensed SWC
Swiss 742 SWC
Swiss 742 Bold SWC
Swiss 742 Italic SWC
Swiss 742 Bold Italic SWC
Swiss 742 Condensed SWC
Swiss 742 Bold Condensed SWC
Swiss 742 Condensed italilc SWC
Swiss 742 Bold Condensed italilc SWC
Incised 901 SWC
Incised 901 Black SWC
Incised 901 SWC Italic
Original Garamond SWC
Original Garamond Bold SWC
Original Garamond Italic SWC
Original Garamond Bold Italic SWC
Audrey Two SWC
Flareserif 821 SWC
Flareserif 821 Extra Bold SWC
Swiss 721 Roman SWM
Swiss 721 Bold SWM
Swiss 721 Oblique SWM
Swiss 721 Bold Oblique SWM
Dutch 801 Roman SWM
Dutch 801 Bold SWM
Dutch 801 Italic SWM
Dutch 801 Bold Italic SWM
Symbol Set SWA
More WingBats SWM
Courier SWC
Courier Bold SWC
Courier Italic SWC
Courier Bold Italic SWC
Letter Gothic Roman SWC
Letter Gothic Bold SWC
Letter Gothic Italic SWC
S: Supported , NS: Not supported
❏
Font Symbol Sets
Rev. A
1-15
Product Description
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
In LJ4 Emulation Mode (Bitmap Fonts): 28 Symbol Sets
Roman-8 *1
Roman Extension
Legal
IBM-US
ANCI ASCII
JIS ASCII
IRV
French
ECM94-1
8859-9 ISO
8859-2 ISO
IBM-DN
Swedish 2
HP German
German
PcMultilingual
Norwege 2
Italian
UK
Norwege 1
IBM Spanish
HP Spanish
French 2
Chines
Spanish
Swedish
Portuguese
IBM Portuguese
In LJ4 Emulation Mode (Scalable Fonts): 27 Symbol Sets
Roman-8 *1
ECM94-1
8859-2 ISO
8859-9 ISO
MsPublishing
Desktop
WiE.Europe
Windows
IBM-US
*1:
Roman Extension
Legal
PsMath
WiTurkish
VeMath
Math-8
PcTk437
PsTest
IBN-DN
Veinterrnational
VeUS
PiFont
PcE.Europe
Symbol
WiAnsi
Wingdings
McText
PcMultilingual
Includes other 19 sets (partial variations of the Roman-8 set):
Norweg 1, Italian, Swedish, ANSI ASCII, UK, French, German, Spanish, Norweg2,
French2, 29HP German, JIS ASCII, HP Spanish, Chinese, IRV, Swedish2, Portuguese, IBM
Portuguese, IBM Spanish
In ESC/P 2 or FX Modes: 9 Symbol Sets and 15 International Character Sets
PC437 (USA/standard Europe)
PC860 (Portuguese)
PC865 (Norwegian)
PC852 (East Europe)
Abicomp
PC850 (Multilingual)
PC863 (Canadian-French)
PC857 (PcTurk2)
BRASCII
USA
Germany
Denmark
Italy
Japan
Denmark2
Latin America
Legal*
France
UK
Sweden
Spain
Norway
Spain2
Korea*
*
Available for ESC/P 2 emulation only
In i239X Emulation Mode: 5 Symbol Sets and 7 Fonts
PC437 (USA/standard Europe) PC850 (Multilingual)
PC860 (Portuguese)
PC863 (Canadian-French)
PC865 (Norwegian)
EPSON Sans-Serif
EPSON Gothic
EPSON Orator
1-16
Courier SWC
EPSON Presentor
EPSON Script
EPSON Prestige
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Product Description
1.3 INTERFACE SPECIFICATIONS
The following interfaces are available for EPL-N2000 printer.
❏
Standard:
Parallel B type I/F
Parallel C type I/F
Network I/F
❏
Optional:
LocalTalk / Serial Module *
Type-B I/F
*
Connector for LocalTalk is built in on the I/F bracket,
along with connectors for standard I/F.
NOTE:
Type-B I/F Board (C82331*) (standard) is inserted in the Type-B interface slot. Note the
following when Type-B I/F Board (C82331*) is installed:
❏ Remove Type-B I/F Board (C82331*) when installing Type-B interface.
❏ Remove Type-B I/F Board (C82331*) when using LocalTalk/Serial Module in
LocalTalk mode.
* Type-B I/F Board: C82331* ( The asterisk is a substitution for the last digit which varies
by the country.
1 : For EAI 2 : For the areas other than EAI
1.3.1 Parallel Interface Specifications
1.3.1.1 Parallel Interface B Type Specifications
❏
Type:
Bidirectional Parallel I/F (IEEE-1284)
❏
Operation modes:
Compatibility mode
Nibble mode
ECP mode
(Byte mode and EPP mode are not supported.)
❏
Data transmission system:
STROBE synchronization, 8-bit parallel data transfer
❏
Handshaking:
BUSY and ACKNLG signals
❏
Connector type:
57RE-4060-730B (D5)
Receptacle:
(DDK)
❏
Applicable plug:
Amphenol or equivalent
❏
Cable length:
3 meters (10") or less
(1)
DATA 1-8
(2)
VALID
VALID
(3)
STROBE
(4)
BUSY
(7)
(5)
ACKNLG
(6)
Figure 1-4. Timing Chart
❏
Signal timing:
Rev. A
See the figure below and Table 1-13.
1-17
Product Description
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Table 1-13. Timing in Compatibility Mode
Description *1
Minimum
(1) DATA setup
0.5 µs
(2) DATA hold
0.5 µs
(3) STROBE↑ pulse width↓
0.5 µs
Typical
Maximum
0s
(4) BUSY↓ to STROBEX↓
0.5 ms
(5) STROBEX↓ to BUSY↑
0s
(6) BUSY↓ to STROBEX↓
(7) ACKX pulse width
0.5 µs
(8) ACKX↑ to BUSY↓
0s
(9) BUSY↑ to PE↑ or ERRX↓
2 ms*
(10) PE↓ or ERRX↑ to BUSY↓
2 ms*
1 µs*2
0.5 µs
(11) Power on to signal output valid
2 ms*
(12) PE↓ or ERRX↑ to ACKX↓
0 s*
(13) STROBEX↑ to ACKX↓
*1: Signals ending in "X" are Active LOW.
*2: SE specification
Table 1-14. Pin Assignments for Parallel B Type I/F
Pin
Compatibility Mode
1
nStrobe
2 to 9
1-18
Nibble Mode
ECP Mode
HostClk
I/O
I
DATA 1 to DATA 8
I/O
10
nAcknlg
PtrCLK
PeriphClk
O
11
Busy
PtrBusy
PeriphAck
O
12
PError
AckDataReq
nAckReverse
O
13
Select
14
nAutofeed
Xflag
HostBusy
O
HostAck
I
15
NC
—
16
GND
—
17
FG
—
18
PeripheralLogicHigh
O
19 to 30
GND
—
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Product Description
Table 1-14. Pin Assignments for Parallel B Type I/F (Continued)
Pin
Compatibility mode
31
Nibble mode
nInit
32
Fault
ECP mode
I/O
nReverseReq
I
nPeriphReq
O
nDataAvail
33
NC
—
34
NC
—
35
NC
—
36
nSelctIn
IEEE1284 active
O
NC: Not connected.
CG: CHASSIS -GND
❏
Signal descriptions
StrobeX (in)
Compatibility mode:
Latch pulse used to read print data. DATA is valid when the signal
is LOW.
Negotiation phase:
Latch pulse used to read an extensibility request value
Nibble mode:
Always HIGH
ECP mode:
Used to transmit print or address data from the host computer to
the printer by handshaking with PeriphAck (Busy).
DATA 1 to DATA 8 (in/out)
All modes:
DATA 8 is MSB and DATA 1 is LSB.
Compatible mode
Forward channel data
Negotiation phase
Extensibility request value
Nibble mode
Not used
ECP mode
Bidirectional data or address
Acknlg (out)
Compatible mode:
An acknowledge pulse that indicates that data from the host
computer has been received.
[SE specification]
This signal is always output along with the Busy signal. Strobe is
independent of these signals.
Negotiation phase:
Indicates that IEEE 1284 is supported when it’s LOW, which later
goes HIGH indicating that Xflag and Data Available Flag are valid.
Reverse data transfer
phase:
Indicates that nibble data is valid when it’s LOW in nibble mode.
Reverse idle phase:
Switching this signal from LOW to HIGH causes an interruption
informing the host computer that data is available.
ECP mode
Used to transmit data from the printer to the host computer by
handshaking with HostAck (nAutfeed).
Rev. A
1-19
Product Description
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
BUSY (out)
Compatible mode:
HIGH status indicates the printer is not ready to accept data.
Negotiation phase:
Reflects busy status in forward channel.
Reverse data transfer
phase:
Nibble data bit is 3, then 7 in nibble mode.
Reverse idle phase:
Reflects busy status in forward channel.
ECP mode:
Used for flow control in forward channel.
Also used in reverse mode as the 9th data bit, which indicates
whether signal data information is data or command.
PE (out)
Compatible mode:
Indicates paper jam or paper empty status in paper tray or cassette.
ERRX goes LOW when PE goes HIGH.
Negotiation phase:
HIGH status indicates whether or not IEEE is supported.
Then, it follows nDataAvail (nFault).
Reverse data transfer
phase:
Nibble data bit is 2, then 6 in Nibble mode.
Reverse idle phase:
Remains HIGH until the host computer requests data transmission.
Then, it follows nDataAvail (nFault).
ECP mode:
Aknowledges nReverseRequest when this signal is set to LOW.
The host computer detects the status as an allowance to drive signal
data.
Slctout (out)
Compatibility mode:
Always HIGH
Negotiation phase:
Xflag indicates Extensibility flag. It is used in response to
extensibility request value from the host computer.
Reverse data transfer
phase:
Nibble data bit is 1, then 5 in nibble mode.
Reverse idle phase:
Same as negotiation phase.
ECP mode:
Same as negotiation phase.
AutoX (in)
Compatible mode:
Not used.
Negotiation phase:
This signal goes HIGH and IEEE 1284 active (nSelectIN) goes LOW
when requesting IEEE 1284 mode. Then it is set to HIGH by setting
PtrClk (nAck) to LOW.
Reverse data transfer
phase:
The host computer informs the printer that it is ready to receive data
in nibble mode by setting this signal to LOW. Then sets the signal to
HIGH to inform the printer that data has been received.
Reverse idle phase:
This signal goes HIGH in response to a LOW pulse of PtrClk (nAck)
to enter reverse data phase again. Reverse idle phase is returned to
compatibility mode if this signal goes HIGH and IEEE 1284 active
(nselectIn) goes LOW at the same time.
ECP mode:
Used for flow control of forward channel. Also used in reverse
mode as the 9th data bit, which indicates whether signal data
information is valid data or command.
1-20
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
PeriLH (out)
Product Description
[SE specification]
Only defined for IEEE 1284-C connector.
Init (in)
Compatible mode:
As long as this signal is LOW, the Busy signal remains HIGH.
1. The printer processes data received before the signal goes LOW.
2. The printer ignores a LOW strobe pulse input while the signal is
LOW.
Negotiation phase:
Always HIGH.
Reverse data transfer
phase:
Always HIGH.
ECP mode:
Set to LOW when switching to reverse channel. Data signal can be
transmitted to peripheral devices only when this signal is LOW and
1284 active is HIGH.
Error (out)
Compatible mode:
Indicates an error has occurred when this signal is LOW.
Negotiation phase:
Goes HIGH when acknowledging compatibility with IEEE 1284.
In nibble mode, goes LOW to indicate data is ready to be sent after
the host computer has set HostBusy(nAutoFeed) to HIGH.
Reverse data transfer
phase:
Set to LOW to indicate data to be sent to the host is ready in nibble
mode.
Reverse idle phase:
Indicates whether or not data is valid.
ECP mode:
Goes LOW when requesting transmission with the host computer.
Effective both in forward and reverse channel.
Slctin
Compatible mode:
Always LOW.
Negotiation phase:
Set to HIGH while HostBusy is LOW to request 1284 mode.
Reverse data transfer
phase:
Set to HIGH to indicate the bus direction is from the printer to the
host. To terminate 1284 mode, this signal is set to LOW and the bus
direction subsequently reverses to the printer.
Reverse idle phase:
Same as the reverse data transfer phase.
ECP mode:
Always stays at HIGH level. Set to LOW to terminate ECP mode
and switch back to compatibility mode.
HostLogicHigh
Not used.
GND
Ground level for the twisted pair return signal.
CG
Connected to the printer chassis. The printer chassis GND and then
signal GND are connected to each other.
+5 V
Pulled up to +5 V through 1K Ω resistor.
Rev. A
1-21
Product Description
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
1.3.1.2 Parallel Interface C Type Specifications
❏
Type:
Bidirectional parallel I/F (IEEE-1284)
❏
Operational modes:
Compatibility, nibble, ECP modes
(Byte mode and EPP mode are not supported.)
❏
Data transmission system:
STROBE synchronization, 8-bit parallel data transfer
❏
Handshaking:
BUSY and ACKNL signals
❏
Connector type:
DHA-RP36-13AN receptacle (DDK)
❏
Applicable plug:
IEEE 1284-C plug
❏
Cable length:
3 meters (10’) or less
❏
Signal timing:
Same as B type
Table 1-15. Pin Assignments for Parallel C Type I/F
Pin
Compatibility
Mode
Nibble Mode
ECP Mode
I/O
1
BUSY
PtrBusy
PeriphAck
O
2
Slctout
3
nAcknlg
PtrClk
PeriphClk
O
4
nFault
nDataAvial
nPeriphReq
O
5
PError
AckDataReq
nAckReverse
O
6 to 13
nInit
I/O
nReverseRequest
I
15
nStrobe
HostClk
I
16
nSelectIn
ReverseReq
I
17
Autofeed
HostBusy
HostAck
I
18
HostLogicHigh
I
19 to 35
GND
I
36
PeripheralLogicHigh
O
Signal description
1-22
O
DATA 1 to DATA 8
14
❏
Xflag
Same as for Parallel B Type I/F.
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Product Description
1.3.1.3 Network Interface
Type-B I/F Board (C82331*) (standard) is installed in the Type-B interface slot.
NovellNetware 3.X (IPX/SPX)
EtherTalk
Epson Peer to Peer Protocol
TCP/IP
❏
Interface Protocol:
❏
Connector:
RJ45 X 1 (10Base T)
BNC X 1 (10Base 2)
❏
Applicable Cable
2-pair Category 3 or 4 or 5 UTP (10Base T)
RG-58A/U (10Base 2)
RG-58C/U (10Base 2)
RG-58/U (10Base 2)
* The asterisk is a substitution for the last digit which varies by the country.
1 : For EAI 2 : For the areas other than EAI
Table 1-16. Pin Assignments for the RJ-45 Connector
Rev. A
Pin No.
Signal Name
I/O
1
Tx+
O
2
Tx–
O
3
Rx+
I
4
NC
—
5
NC
—
6
Rx–
I
7
NC
—
8
NC
—
1-23
Product Description
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
1.3.2 Serial Interface Specifications ( LocalTalk/Serial Module)
❏
Type:
RS-232C/current loop
❏
Transfer system:
Full duplex
❏
Transfer speed:
300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600 bps
❏
Synchronization:
Asynchronous start-stop system
Start-bit:
1 bit
Stop-bit:
1 or 2 bits
Data length:
7 or 8 bits
Parity:
Odd, even, or none
❏
Protocol:
DTR/RTS *1, X-ON/X-OFF , or robust mode *2
*1: Cannot be combined with X-ON/X-OFF )
*2: Sends an X-ON a second when the printer is ready to receive
data.
Table 1-17. Serial Interface Pin Assignments
RS-232C
Current Loop
Pin No.
❏
Signal
I/O
Signal
I/O
1
DTR
O
NC
—
2
CTS
I
NC
—
3
TXD
O
TTY-TXD return
I
4
GND
—
GND
—
5
RXD
I
TTY-RXD return
O
6
NC
—
TTY-TXD
O
7
NC
—
NC
—
8
NC
—
TTY-RXD
I
Signal descriptions
DTR
Signal output by the printer. When the DTR signal is HIGH, the printer can
receive the RXD signal. When the SelecType settings do not specify DTR
control, the signal level remains HIGH while printer power is on. When
SelecType is used for DTR control, DTR goes LOW for any error condition.
Data (RXD) from the host computer must be stopped within 128 characters
after DTR goes LOW.
CTS
Always ignored.
TXD
Serial ASCII data output by the printer. It remains in MARK state (LOW
level) between transmitted character codes. Logic 0 is at HIGH level
(SPACE), and logic 1 is at LOW level (MARK).
GND
Connected to the printer chassis. The printer chassis GND and signal GND
are connected to each other.
RXD
Serial ASCII data input to the printer. It maintains the MARK state (LOW
level) between received character codes.
1-24
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Product Description
TTY-TXD
Current loop signal:
HIGH impedance (SPACE) between pins 17 and 24 or X-ON signal
sent across pins 17 and 24 indicates that the printer is ready to
accept data; LOW impedance (MARK) or X-OFF signal sent
indicates that the printer is busy.
TTY-RXD Return
Current loop signal: Current return for pin 17.
TTY-TXD Return
Current loop signal: Input data current loop.
TTY-RXD
Current loop signal: Current return to pin 25.
Protocol
There are two types of protocols, as listed below, and each of them can be designated by the
SelecType independently.
❒
DTR/DSR protocol
The DTR/DSR control protocol can be selected by SelecType. The DTR signal is set to a HIGH level
when the printer is ready to receive data, and to LOW when an error is detected. DTR remains
HIGH when SelecType is set to OFF for DTR control. The printer sends only TXD off when the DSR
signal is HIGH. (DSR signal is always assumed HIGH when select mode for DSR is set to OFF.
X-ON/X-OFF transmission is independent of DSR.
❒
X-ON/X-OFF (DC1/DC3) protocol
Select mode is used to execute X-ON/X-OFF protocol. The X-OFF (DC3) code, transmitted by error
detection, warns the host computer to stop sending data within 128 characters. No further X-OFF
codes are sent in response to additional data sent from the host computer after the warning has
been given once. An X-ON code is transmitted when all the errors are cleared. The X-OFF code is
transmitted only once when the remaining capacity of receiving buffer drops under for 128
characters, or any error occurs. The X-ON code is sent when the printer is powered on. The
SelecType setting can be used to withhold X-ON/X-OFF code transmission.
Rev. A
1-25
Product Description
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
1.3.3 Optional LocalTalk Interface ( LocalTalk/Serial Modelu)
This printer can use an optional LocalTalk interface module.
Type:
LocalTalk
Signal level:
Same as RS-422 signal level
Protocol:
X-ON/X-OFF (cannot be combined with DTR control)
DTR control (cannot be combined with X-ON/X-OFF)
Transfer speed:
230.4K bps
Table 1-18. LocalTalk Interface Pin Assignments
Pin No.
1
2
Signal Name
DTR
CTS
TXD–
3
4
GND
RXD–
5
6
7
8
1-26
TXD+
NC
RXD+
I/O
Description
Signal output by the printer. When the DTR signal is HIGH, the
printer can receive the RXD signal.
IN The printer transmits data through TXD while CTS is HIGH.
Serial ASCII data output from the printer. At a HIGH level
when SD+ voltage is higher than SD– voltage. At a LOW level
OUT when SD+ voltage is less than SD– voltage. Logic 0 is SPACE
and logic 1 is MARK . The state must be maintained between
transmitted character codes.
— Ground.
Serial ASCII data input from computer. At a HIGH level when
RD+ voltage is higher than RD– voltage. At a LOW level when
IN RD+ voltage is less than RD– voltage. Logic 0 is SPACE and
logic 1 is MARK. The state must be maintained between
transmitted character codes.
OUT Refer to TXD–.
— Not connected.
IN Refer to RXD–.
OUT
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Product Description
1.4 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
This section describes the functions performed through the control panel, such as test print,
hexadecimal dump, and the SelecType functions.
1.4.1 Control Panel
This section gives instructions for the control panel, which consists of an LCD, 8 buttons, and 6
indicator lights.
1
2
LCD
3
Paper Source
4
BiRITech
Menu
8
Paper Size
Copies
Manual Feed
MP Tray Size
Item
Orientation
Toner Save
Mode
Value
Enter
10
11
9
Status Sheet
SelecType
Continue
Form Feed
On Line
12
Reset
Figure 1-5. Control Panel
(1) LCD Panel
A 20-character (5 × 7 dot matrix) by 1-row liquid crystal display (LCD) unit that indicates printer
status and selected items when the SelecType mode and One Touch mode are ON.
(2) One Touch Mode — LED 1
Settings described below are available when this light is ON.
Paper Source:
Specifies the paper tray used to feed paper.
Page Size:
Specifies the size of the image to be formed.
Manual Feed:
Turns manual feed on and off.
Orientation:
Specifies the printing orientation: portrait or landscape.
(3) One Touch Mode — LED 2
Settings described below are available when this light is ON.
Rev. A
BiRITech:
Sets BiRITech mode.
Copies:
Specifies the number of pages to be duplicated.
MP Tray Size:
Specifies the paper size fed from multipurpose tray.
Toner Saver Mode:
Turns Toner Saver mode ON and OFF.
1-27
Product Description
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
(4) SelecType Mode LED (Green Light)
The printer is in the SelecType mode when this light is ON.
(5) Continue LED (Yellow Light)
When this light is ON, it indicates an error has occurred that can be cleared by pressing the
Continue button.
(6) DATA LED (Yellow Light)
ON:
Indicates received data is stored in the printer and has not been printed out. The
light, however, remains OFF if the stored data is not valid print data, but other
data, such as control codes and commands. The light does not go OFF until data
for remaining commands has been received.
OFF:
There is no valid print data in printer memory.
Flashing:
The printer is processing data.
(7) On Line LED (Green Light)
Describes whether or not the printer is ready.
ON:
The printer is ready to receive data.
OFF:
The printer is ready to receive data, but not to print yet.
(8) Menu
SelecType Mode:
Press this button to enter SelecType Mode. Each press scrolls through the menus
available for SelecType mode. To scroll back to the previous menu, press the
SelecType/Alt button while holding down Menu button.
One Touch Mode:
Used to select one of the settings available for the menu indicated above the
button. Press the SelecType/Alt button while holding down the Menu button.
(9) Item
SelecType Mode:
Used to choose an item in the menu selected. Press repeatedly until the item to be
selected is indicated on LCD. To scroll back to the previous menu, press the
SelecType/Alt button while holding down the Menu button.
One Touch Mode:
Used to select a setting available for the menu indicated above this button. To
scroll back to the previous menu, press the SelecType/Alt button while holding
down the Menu button.
(10) Value
Used to shift to the item where the latest selection was made.
SelecType Mode:
Used to shift to the item changed by the previous setting and select a value
(parameter). Press repeatedly until the value to be selected is indicated on the LCD.
Press the SelecType/Alt and Value buttons simultaneously to scroll back the
items.
One Touch Mode:
Used to select a setting available for the menu indicated above this button. Press
the SelecType/Alt and Value buttons simultaneously to scroll back the options.
(11) Enter
Used to enter Status Sheet Printing mode.
SelecType Mode:
Pressed to confirm a new value or start executing a selected mode.
One Touch Mode:
Pressed to confirm a new setting.
1-28
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Product Description
(12) SelecType/Alt
Selects One Touch Mode 1 or 2. Press this button repeatedly to scroll modes in the order:
SelecType Mode, One Touch Mode 1, One Touch Mode 2, and Normal Mode.
(13) Continue/Reset
If you press this button while the Continue LED is flashing, it clears the error. Pressing this
button while the On Line LED is OFF puts the printer back in Ready status. Pressing this
button while the On Line LED is OFF and the LCD displays a warning clears the warning. To
reset the printer, press this button and Alt button simultaneously, and LCD displays RESET. If
you hold down the buttons an additional 5 seconds, the LCD displays RESET ALL, and a warm
boot starts.
(14) Form Feed
The printer prints received data stored in its buffer if this button is pressed while On Line LED
is OFF and Data LED is ON. Dulex print is canceled and data is printed in the the single print
mode.
(15) On Line
If this button is pressed when On Line LED is ON:
Single-sided print: The printer goes off line immediately, and the page in process is ejected.
Duplex print:
The printer goes off line after printing both sides of one sheet, or two
sheets, maximum.
The printer goes on line if this button is pressed when it’s off line.
1.4.2 Panel Settings
This printer has two panel setting modes: One Touch mode*1 and the SelecType mode. One Touch
mode is more limited but easier to use. This mode has direct access to specified items in the menu
tree*2, while the SelecType mode has to follow the fully branched out menu tree to reach a
parameter. Therefore, descriptions for One Touch mode have been eliminated in this section. Once
new settings are registered on EEPROM, they are not changed until the printer is turned off. See
Table 1-20 for SelecType options.
*1: Changes made in One Touch mode only affect environments available in the currently selected
interface. See the user’s guide for details.
Rev. A
1-29
Product Description
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Table 1-19. SelecType Options
Menus
(Changed by MENU
button)
TEST MENU
Values
(Changed by ↑ or ↓ button)
(Set by ENTER button)
Items
(Changed by ITEM Button)
STATUS SHEET
LJ4 FONT SAMPLE
ESC/P 2 FONT SAMPLE
FX FONT SAMPLE
I239X FONT SAMPLE
PS STATUS SHEET*1
PS FONT SAMPLE*1
PS FACT SHEET*1
Ext Printer Info*24
EMULATION MENU
LJ4, FX, ESC/P 2, I239X, PS*1, GL/2, Auto
Parallel B
Parallel C
SERIAL*2 15
PRINTING MENU
L/T*2
PS*1,GL2,Auto, LJ4*12, FX,1239X
AUX*6
Same as parallel B
ETHERNET
Same as parallel B
PAPER SOURCE
Auto, MP, LC1, LC2*3
PAGE SIZE
A4*4, A3, A5, B4, B5, LT*5,HLT,LGL, GLT,
GLG, B, EXE, F4, MON, C10, DL, C5, C6,
IB5, CTM, A3+
ORIENTATION
Port, Land
COPIES
1 to 999
MANUAL FEED
OFF, ON
RESOLUTION
600, 300
DUPLEX*16
OFF, ON
16
TRAY SIZE MENU
BINDING*
Long Edge, Short Edge
START PAGE*16
Front, Back
MP TRAY SIZE
A4*4, A3, A5, B4, B5, LT*5, HLT, LGL, GLT,
GLG, B, EXE, F4, MON, C10, DL, C5, C6,
IB5, A3+
LC1 SIZE*14
250-sheet cassette
A4, A3, A5, B4, B5, LT, HLT, LGL, GLG
B, EXE, F4,
500-sheet cassette
A4, LT
LC2 SIZE*3*14
1-30
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Product Description
Table 1-19. SelecType Options (Continued)
Menus
CONFIG MENU
Items
BiRITech
Medium, Dark, Off, Light
TONER SAVE
Off, On
DENSITY
3,4,5,1,2
TOP OFFSET
–9.0 to 0.0 to 99.0 mm in steps of 0.5 mm
–9.0 to 0.0 to 150.0 mm in steps of 0.5 mm
LEFT OFFSET
16
SET UP MENU
Values
BACK SHIFT*
0 to 30 mm in steps of 1 mm
SIZE IGNORE
Off, On
AUTO CONT
Off, On
PAGE PROTECT
Auto, On
IMAGE OPTIMUM
Auto, On
PAPER TYPE
Normal, Thin, Thick, Trnsprnc
INTERFACE
Auto, Parallel B, Parallel C, Serial, L/T*15,
AUX*6
TIMEOUT
5 to 60 to 300
STND BY
Enable, Disable
LANG
LANG
SPRACHE
LINGUA
LENG
SPRK
SPROG
TAAL
LANG
LING
LANG
English
Franais
Deutch
Italiano
Espaol
Svenska
Dansk
Nederi
Suomi
Portugus
Option 1 to 8*13
PANEL LOCK*17
Off,On
PRINTER NAME
TONER*14
Off,On
E* * * *
E* *
PAGE COUNT*14
0 to 99999999
F, E*
F, E *
F
* *
F, E
F
SelecType INIT
PARALLEL B MENU SPEED
PARALLEL C
MENU
Rev. A
Fast, Normal
BI-D
On, Off
BUFFER SIZE
Normal, Maximum, Minimum
SPEED
Fast, Normal
BI-D
On, Off
BUFFER SIZE
Normal, Maximum, Minimum
1-31
Product Description
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Table 1-19. SelecType Options (Continued)
Menu
Item
SERIAL MENU *2
Available Options
WORD LENGTH
8, 7
BAUD RATE
9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800
PARITY
None, Even, Odd
STOP BIT
1, 2
DTR
On, Off
X-ON/X-OFF
On, Off, Robust
BUFFER SIZE
Normal, Maximum, Minimum
L/T MENU*15
BUFFER SIZE
Normal, Maximum, Minimum
6
AUX MENU*
BUFFER SIZE
Normal, Maximum, Minimum
LJ4
FONT SOURCE
Resident, SIMM, Card, Download
FONT NUMBER
0 to available (Maximum, 65535)
PITCH
0.44 to 10.00 to 99.99 cpi in steps of 0.01 cpi
HEIGIHT
4.00 to 12.00 to 999.75 pt in steps of 0.25 pt
SYSTEM
Roman-8, ECM94-1, 8859-2 ISO,
8859-9 ISO, IBM- US, IBM DN, PcMultiling, PcE.Europe,
PcTk437, WiAnsi, WiE.Europe, WiTurkish, DeskTop,
PsText, Velntemati, VeUS, MsPublishin, Math-8,
PsMath, VeMath, PiFont, Legal, UK, ANSI ASCII,
Swedish2, Italian, Spanish, German, Norweg1, French2,
Windows, Pclcelandic*9, PcLt774*9, PcTurk1*9,
PcPortugues*9, PcEt850*9, PcTurk2*9, PcCanFrench*9,
PcS1437*9, OcNordic*9, 8859-3 ISO*9, 8859-4 ISO*9,
WiBaltic*9, WiEstonian*9, WiLatvian*9, Mazowia*9,
CodeMJK*9, BpBRASCII*9, BpAbicomb*9, PcGK437*9,
PcGK851*9, PcGK869*9, 8859-7 ISO*9, WiGreek*9,
Europe3*9, PcCy855*9, PcCy866*9, PcLt866*9, 8859-5
ISO*9, WiCyrillic*9, Bulgarian*9, OCR A*9, OCR B*9,
Hebrew7*10, 8859-8 ISO*10, Hebrew8*10, PcHe862*10,
Arabic8*10, PcAr864*10, 8859-6 ISO*10, OCR A*10, OCR
B*10, PcTurk1*19, PcTurk2*19, PcGreek437*20,
PcGk8869*20, 8859-7 ISO*20, PcCy855*21, PcCy86621*,
Bulgarian*21, Mozawia*22, CodeMJK*22, OCR A*18, OCR
B*18
FORM
5 to 60*5 to 64*4 to 128 Lines
SOURCE
SYMSET *9,10,18
0 to 277 to 3199
DEST SYMSET
*9,10,18
0 to 277 to3199
1-32
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Product Description
Table 1-19. SelecType Options (Continued)
Menu
GL2
Item
GLMODE
GLlike, LJ4GL2
SCALE
OFF, A0, A1, A2, A3
ORIGIN
CORNER, CENTER
PEN
Pen0 , Pen1, Pen2*4 to Pen16*4
END
Butt, Square, Triangular, Round
JOIN
Mitered, Miteredbeveled, Triangular, Round,
Beveled , None
PEN0
0.05 to 0.35 to 5.00 mm in steps of 0.05 mm
0.05 to 0.35 to 5.00 mm in steps of 0.05 mm
PEN1
4
0.05 to 0.35 to 5.00 mm in steps of 0.05 mm
4
PEN3*
0.05 to 0.35 to 5.00 mm in steps of 0.05 mm
PEN4*4
0.05 to 0.35 to 5.00 mm in steps of 0.05 mm
PEN5*4
0.05 to 0.35 to 5.00 mm in steps of 0.05 mm
4
PEN6*
0.05 to 0.35 to 5.00 mm in steps of 0.05 mm
FONT
Courier, Roman, Sans-serif, Prestige,
RomanT, SansH, Script, OCR B
PITCH
10 cpi, 12 cpi, 15 cpi, Prop
CONDENSED
Off , On
T MARGIN
0.40 to 0.50 to 1.50 inch in steps of 0.05 inch
TEXT
1 to 62 to 66*6 to available (Maximum, 111) lines
CGTABLE
Pc USA, Italic, PcMultilin, PcPortugues, PcCanFrenc,
PcNordic, PcTurkish2, Pc.E.Europe, BpBRASCII,
BpAbicomp, PcS1437*14, PcTurkish1*14,
Pclcelandic*14, 8859-9 ISO*14, Mazowia*14,
CodeMJK*14, PcGK437*14, PcGK851*14, PcGK869*14,
8859-7 ISO*14, PcCy855*14, PcCy866*14, Bulgarian*14,
Hebrew7*10, Hebrew8*10, PcAr864*10, PcHe862*10
COUNTRY
USA, France, Germany, UK, Denmark, Sweden,
Italy, Spain1, Japan, Norway, Denmark2, Spain2,
LatinAmeric, Kore, Legal
AUTO CR
On ,Off
AUTO LF
Off , On
BIT IMAGE
Dark, Light, BarCode
ZEROCHR
0. Ø
PEN2*
ESC/P 2
Rev. A
Available Options
1-33
Product Description
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Table 1-19. SelecType Options (Continued)
Menu
FX
I239X
1-34
Item
Available Options
FONT
Courier, Roman, Orator S, Sans-serif, Prestige, Script ,
OCR B
PITCH
10 CPI, 12 CPI, 15 CPI, Prop
CONDENSED
OFF, ON
T-MARGIN
0.40 to 0.50 to 1.50 inch in steps of 0.05 inch
TEXT
1 to 62*5 to 66*4 to available lines (Maximum, 111)
CG TABLE
Pc USA, Italic, PcMultilin, PcPortuguese, PcCanFrenc,
PcNordic, PcTurkish2, Pc.E.Europe, BpBRASCII,
BpAbicomp
COUNTRY
USA, France, Germany, UK, Denmark, Sweden, Italy,
Spain1, Japan, Norway, Denmark2, Spain2,
LatinAmeric
AUTO CR
ON, OFF
AUTO LF
ON, OFF
ZERO CHAR
0,Ø
BIT IMAGE
Dark, Light, BarCode
FONT
Courier, Prestage, Gothic, Orator, Script,
Presentor, Sans serif
PITCH
10 cpi, 12 cpi, 15 cpi, 17 cpi, 20 cpi, 24 cpi,
Prop
CODE PAGE
437, 850, 860, 863, 865
T.MARGIN
0.30 to 0.40 to 1.50 inch in steps of 0.05 inch
TEXT
1 to 63*5 to 67*4 to available (Maximum, 111) lines
AUTO CR
Off , On
AUTO LF
Off , On
ALT. GRAPHICS
Off , On
BIT IMAGE
Dark, Light, BarCode
ZEROCHR
0. Ø
CHARACTER SET
1*5, 2*4
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Product Description
Notes: Underlined values in boldface show factory settings.
*1: Appears only when the optional EPSONScript Level 2 Post Script ROM SIMM (C83226*)is
installed.
*2: Appears when the optional LocalTalk serial interface is installed in serial interface mode.
*3: Appears when the optional lower cassette unit is installed.
*4: Factory setting for Europe and Pacific.
*5: Factory setting for North America.
*6: Appears when Type B interface is installed.
*7: Varies depending the cassettes installed.
*8: Appears when DC1 font ROM SIMM or font card is installed.
*9: Appears when NLSP Bitmap 2 Font ROM for LGC is installed.
*10: Appears when NLSP Bitmap 2 Font ROM for HA is installed.
*11: Appears when the printer is operated in GL-Like mode.
*12: A default setting only when the optional EPSONScript Level 2 Post Script ROM SIMM
(C83226*) is not installed.
*13: Options are available when NLSP Font ROM or ROM SIMM is installed. Number of options
available varies with NLSP Font ROM or ROM SIMM and options only up to 8 are indicated on
LCD. When NLSP Font ROM or ROM SIMM in use has no status sheet resource on it, no
option is given. English is used to indicate items and values in SelecType mode.
*14: Total number of sheets printed is indicated and no selection can be made for this item.
*15: Appears when the optional LocalTalk with serial interface is installed in LocalTalk interface
mode.
*16: Appears when the optional duplex unit is installed.
*17: Doesn’t appear on LCD.
*18: Appears when NLSP Bitmap2 FONT ROM for OCR is installed.*23
*19: Appears when NLSP EDG OEM Scalable FONT ROM for Greek is installed.*23
*20: Appears when NLSP EDG OEM Scalable FONT ROM for Greek is installed.*23
*21: Appears when NLSP EDG OEM Scalable FONT ROM for Cyrillic is installed.*23
*22 Appears when NLSP EDG OEM Scalable FONT ROM for Latin is installed.*23
*23: When the value for Symset in LJ4 Menu is set to this symbol set, other values for Font Source
and Font Number change automatically to "Resident" and "0". Therefore, note that this symbol
set is used when Font Source and Font Number are properly set to the values which support
this symbol set.
*24: Appears when NLSP Font ROM has status sheet on it.
Rev. A
1-35
Product Description
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
1.4.3 Service Mode
This printer has the following 5 service modes.
❏ Hexadecimal dump mode
❏ Format Flash Card
❏ Flash ROM update
❏
❏
EEPROM Initialize mode
Page Counter clear
1.4.3.1 Hexadecimal Dump Mode
❏
Button:
Form Feed button with Power Switch On.
❏
Indication on LCD:
HEX Dump ( This message appears after RAM check is completed.)
❏
Function:
Converts received data into hexadecimal format (from 00 to FF) and
prints it out. Functions with any interface.
❏
Prints:
1.
2.
3.
4.
❏
Exit:
Notes:
Data received
Hex Dump List
ASCII character list. If a received code is not a printable ASCII
character, the printer prints a period (.) in the ASCII column.
The page number
Press the Reset button to perform the warm boot operation.
Turn the printer off , then back on.
1. Interfaces switch only as a result of the timeout function. This change resets the data
buffer to 0 and the page number to 1.
2. When hexadecimal dump mode is functional, SelecType and One Touch modes are not
available.
1.4.3.2 EEPROM Initialize Mode
EEPROM initialize operations are required only when the main board or EEPROM is replaced, or
when these operations are specified in this manual.
❏
Buttons:
On Line + Continue + Menu with Power Switch On.
❏
Indication on LCD:
Format Nvram
❏
Function:
Resets all user settings to the factory default settings and clears the
printer status information (page counter and jam counter).
1.4.3.3 Format Flash Card
❏
Buttons:
SelecType + Item+ Value + Enter with Power Switch On.
❏
Indication on LCD:
Formatting Card
❏
Function:
Erases all information on Flash Card. It functions with Flash Card,
SRAM card, and EEPROM card.
Note:
Be sure not to turn the printer off while a card is formatting.
" Write Erro Card" is indicated instead when the IC card inserted is not supported or
"Write Protect" is On.
1.4.3.4 Page Counter Clear
❏
Buttons:
On Line + Menu + Item with Power Switch On.
❏
Function:
Resets the page counter to 0.
1.4.3.5 Flash ROM Update
❏
Button:
1. Press OnLine, Menu, Item, and Value buttons with Power Switch On.
2. Press Item, Value, and Enter buttons while "Program Device" is indicated.
3. Data is transmitted after "Please Send Data" is indicated.
❏
Function:
Updates PROM.
1-36
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Product Description
1.4.4 Display of Messages
This section describes messages on LCD. They are divided into 4 categories; status messages, error
messages, warning messages, and service call error messages.
1.4.4.1 Status Messages
The LCD normally indicates the printer’s status and the software mode.
Table 1-20. Status Messages
Message
Reset All
Reset
Reset to Save
Warming Up
Standby
Ready
Writing Card
Writing SIMM
EPL-N2000
Rev. A
Description and Corrective Measure
Warm boot is in process. Printer replaces this message with "Reset" while
performing reset after warm boot is completed .
Reset is in process.
Printer status: SelecType is changed while another job is printing.
LED status: On-Line LED goes OFF.
Measures:
Press either Continue or On-Line to recover. Note that the setting made
in SelecType mode is not valid until current the job is complete.
To make a new setting take immediate effect, perform a reset or warm boot.
However, this clears all print data.
The printer is warming up.
The printer is in energy saver status.
The printer is ready to receive new data.
The printer is storing data to the PCMCIA card. Be sure to avoid turning off the
printer off or removing the card during this operation. The printer
automatically starts a warm boot when the process is completed.
The printer is storing data to the Flash simm. Be sure to avoid turning off the
printer off or removing the card during this operation. The printer
automatically starts a warm boot when the process is completed.
Printer name is indicated in place of "Ready" when "Printer Name" is set to ON
in SelecType mode.
1-37
Product Description
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
1.4.4.2 Error Messages
If any of the following errors occurs, it will be displayed on the LCD. The error must be cleared
immediately, using the measures shown in the following tables.
Table 1-21. Error Messages
Error Messages and Descriptions
Operator Error Card
Status
A card is inserted or removed while the printer is ON. This message is not
displayed when removal of an IC card creates a service call error.
LED
On Line
OFF
Continue
OFF
Form Feed
Keeps the same status as before.
Measure
Start a warm boot, or turn the printer off then back on again.
Duplex Unit Open
Status
LED
Measure
The duplex unit cover is open.
On Line
OFF
Continue
OFF
Form Feed
Keeps the same status as before.
Close the duplex unit cover.
Check Duplex P- Size
Status
[SelecType: Size Ignore = OFF in the Config menu]
The size of the paper loaded does not match the page size selected.
LED
On Line
OFF
Continue
OFF
Form Feed
Keeps the same status as before.
Measure
1.
2.
3.
Place the selected paper size in the paper cassette.
Open the top cover or duplex cover to remove the paper.
Close the cover. Then the printer automatically resumes printing of the
jammed page. The paper is loaded from the same paper entrance.
Paper Jam
Status
A paper jam has occurred in the paper path, except at the paper entrance. This
message is also displayed when paper is stuck at both the paper entrance and in
the paper path.
LED
On Line
OFF
Continue
OFF
Form Feed
Keeps the same status as before.
Measure
1-38
1.
2.
Open the top cover and remove the paper.
Close the cover. Then the printer automatically resumes printing.
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Product Description
Table 1-21. Error Messages (Continued)
Error Messages and Descriptions
Feed Jam
Status
LED
Paper has not been fed properly from the specified paper entrance. If paper is
also jamming in the paper path, it is considered a Paper Jam error.
On Line
OFF
Continue
OFF
Form Feed
Keeps the same status as before
1.
2.
Measure
3.
Remove the paper from the paper entrance.
Open the top cover to make sure there is no paper jammed in any paper
path, and then close it. Always be sure to open the top cover.
Otherwise the error does not clear.
The printer automatically resumes printing of the jammed page after
warming up. Paper is loaded from the same paper entrance.
Paper Jam in Duplex
Staus
LED
Measure
A paper jam has occured in the duplex unit.
On Line
OFF
Continue
OFF
Form Feed
Keeps the same status as before.
1.
2.
Open the cover of the duplex unit and remove the paper.
Close the cover. Then the printer automatically resumes printing of the
jammed page after warming up. Paper is loaded from the same paper
entrance.
Printer Open
Staus
LED
Measure
The top cover is open.
On Line
OFF
Continue
OFF
Form Feed
Keeps the same status as before.
Close the cover.
Turn Paper
Status
LED
Measure
Rev. A
The printer does not support the orientation of the paper currently loaded in
LC1 or LC2.
On Line
OFF
Continue
OFF
Form Feed
Keeps the same status as before.
The error is automatically cleared if the paper is reloaded in the correct
orientation. This error does not occur when the MP tray is used.
1-39
Product Description
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Table 1-21. Error Messages (Continued)
Error Messages and Descriptions
Manual Feed
Status
LED
Measure
bbbb
The printer has received data when Manual Feed is set to ON through the
SelecType mode or a command.
On Line
OFF
Continue
Flashing
Form Feed
Keeps the same status as before
This error can be cleared using any of the following methods:
1.
Press the On Line button after placing "bbbb"size paper in the MP tray.
Note that the Check Paper Size error does not occur, regardless of
whether Size Ignore = ON in the Config menu. A Paper Out error does
not occur despite paper empty condition in the MP Tray.
2.
Press the Continue button. In this case, the printer starts printing after the
paper source is selected, ignoring Manual Feed = ON.
A Paper Out or Check Paper Size occurs when there is no paper in the
selected paper source or the size of paper in the selected paper source
does not match the size specified.
3.
Perform a reset or warm boot.
Paper Out aaaaa bbbbb*1
This error can be caused by any of the problems listed below:
1.
There is no paper loaded in the paper source indicated by "aaaaa"*2
2.
No paper is loaded in any paper source. [SelecType: Manual Feed = OFF]
The actual message for "aaaa" is the paper source from which paper
was fed in the previous printing.
"LC1" is displayed instead if no paper is detected in any paper source
when the printer is turned on.
Status
3.
There is no paper in "aaaa"*2 when Manual Feed = ON has been
canceled by pressing the Continue button when printing is started.
*1: The actual display for "bbbb" is the paper size selected using SelecType
mode or the printer driver.
*2: The actual display for "aaaa" is the paper source from which paper is
specified to be fed.
MP =
Multipurpose tray
LC1 =
Lower paper cassette
LC2 =
Optional lower paper cassette
LED
1-40
On Line
OFF
Continue
OFF
Form Feed
Keeps the same status as before.
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Product Description
Table 1-21. Error Messages (Continued)
Error Messages and Descriptions
Paper Out aaaaa bbbbb*1
1.
Measure
2.
When "aaaa" is LC1 or LC2:
The error is cleared by inserting the "bbbb" size paper into cassette
"aaaa".
When "aaaa" is MP:
The error is cleared by inserting the "bbbb" size paper in MP tray.
If the warning error "Check Paper Size" does not appear after printing,
it means that the Paper Size for MP tray in the SelecType menu has
been changed automatically to "bbbb."
Toner Out
Staus
LED
Measure
Toner is nearly out, which may cause print quality to deteriorate. If the you
press the button, the printer outputs another sheet, but afterward the same
message returns on the panel.
On Line
OFF
Continue
OFF
Form Feed
Keeps the same status as before.
1.
2.
Replace the toner cartridge with a new one.
Press the Continue button for a temporary recovery.
Paper Set aaaa bbbb
Staus
LED
Measure
[SelecType: Size Ignore = OFF]
Paper loaded in paper source "aaaa" does not match the selected page size.
On Line
OFF:
ON:
Size Ignore = OFF
Size Ignore = ON
Continue
Flashing
Form Feed
Keeps the same status as before.
[SelecType: Auto Cont = OFF in the Config menu]
The error is cleared with either of the following methods:
1.
Press the Continue button after inserting the "bbbb"size paper into the
"aaaa" paper source. Then the printer starts feeding "bbbb" size paper
from the "aaaa" paper source.
2.
Press the Continue button without replacing the paper. If there is more
than 2 pages of data remaining, the printer discontinues the job after
printing 1 page and the same error occurs.
[SelecType: Auto Cont = ON in the Config menu]
The error is automatically cleared without replacing paper after a set
period of time. Then the printer resumes feeding paper from the "aaaa"
paper source. In this case, when there is data for 2 pages or more, the printer
indicates the same error message before each page.
Rev. A
1-41
Product Description
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Table 1-21. Error Messages (Continued)
Error Messages and Descriptions
Print Overrun
Status
LED
The time required to develop an image exceeds the print speed because the
current data is too complicated.
On Line
OFF:
ON
Size Ignore = OFF
Size Ignore = ON
Continue
Flashing
Form Feed
Keeps the same status as before.
This error can be cleared using any of the following methods:
[SelecType: Auto Cont = OFF in the Config menu]
1.
Press the Continue button. If there is memory available, the printer
resumes printing of the page containing the error, using the memory left.
This is only attempted once, and if it results in the same error, the printer
omits the page containing the error and proceeds to the following page.
When the error occurs on the reverse side of a duplex page, both sides
are reprinted.
2.
Perform reset or warm boot.
Measure
[SelecType: Auto Cont = ON in the Config menu]
3.
The error is cleared automatically after a specific amount of time. If
there is still memory left, the printer resumes printing on the page
containing the error, using the memory left. This is only attempted once
and if the same error occurs, the printer omits the page with the error and
proceeds to the following page. When the error occurs on the reverse
side of a duplex page, both sides are reprinted.
4. Set Page Protect = ON in the printer driver.
5.
Set Device Resolution = 300 dpi in the printer driver.
6.
Add more memory.
Mem Overflow
Status
LED
Measure
1-42
Memory has run out during a process, and the printer stops the current task.
On Line
OFF:
ON:
Auto Cont = OFF in the Config menu
Auto Cont = ON in the Config menu
Continue
Flashing
Form Feed
Keeps the same status as before.
See Page 1-43
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Product Description
Table 1-21. Error Messages (Continued)
Error Messages and Descriptions
Mem Overflow
Measure
[SelecType: Auto Cont = OFF in the Config menu]
The error is cleared by using any of the following methods:
1.
Press the Continue button. Results vary by case, as described below.
If the error occurred on the first side of a duplex page, the paper is
ejected leaving the reverse side blank. Data for the reverse side is
printed on the reverse side of the next sheet.
If the error is caused by the lack of image buffer memory, the printer
prints only the data already processed.
If the error occurred during writing of data for fonts or macros, the printer
continues the current task ignoring the data written when the error
occurred.
2.
Reset the printer or perform warm boot.
[SelecType: Auto Cont = ON in the Config menu]
3.
The error is automatically cleared after a specific amount of time.
4.
5.
Add more memory.
This error can be caused when the memory used for fonts is too large. In
such a case, turn off the printer and remove one of the above devices .
Duplex Mem Overflow
Status
LED
Measure
In duplex printing mode, there was not enough memory left for the data on the
reverse side of the sheet. The paper was ejected after the first side was printed.
Then an error message was indicated.
On Line
OFF
Continue
Flashing
Form Feed
Keeps the same status as before.
[SelecType: Auto Cont = OFF in the Config menu]
1.
Press the Continue button to resume printing of data for the reverse side
on the next sheet.
2.
Reset the printer or perform warm boot.
[SelecType: Auto Cont = ON in the Config menu]
3.
The printer resumes printing automatically after a specific amount of time.
Data for the reverse side is printed on the reverse side of the next sheet.
Illegal Aux I/F Card
Status
LED
Measure
Rev. A
The optional I/F card inserted in theType-B slot cannot be used with this printer.
On Line
OFF
Continue
OFF
Form Feed
Keeps the same status as before.
Turn the printer off, remove the optional card, and then turn the printer back on.
1-43
Product Description
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Table 1-21. Error Messages (Continued)
Error Messages and Descriptions
Illegal Card
Status
LED
Measure
An IC card that has been inserted will not work with this printer.
On Line
OFF
Continue
OFF
Form Feed
Keeps the same status as before.
1.
2.
Turn the printer off and remove the card. Then turn the printer back on.
Remove the IC card with the printer on to make the Continue LED flash.
Then press the Continue button while the Continue LED is flashing.
The printer automatically starts a warm boot.
Illegal I/F Module
Status
LED
Measure
LocalTalk/Serial Module installed is not available.
On Line
OFF
Continue
OFF
Form Feed
Keeps the same status as before.
Turn off the printer and remove the LocalTlk/Serial module.
Write Error Card
Status
LED
This error can be caused by any of 3 situations described below:
1.
No data can be written onto the card.
2.
Writing is not completed properly.
3.
The card is not inserted.
On Line
OFF
Continue
OFF
Form Feed
Keeps the same status as before.
1.
2.
Measure
3.
1-44
Turn the printer off and remove the card. Then turn the printer back on.
Remove the IC card with the printer on to make the Continue LED flash.
Then press the Continue button while the Continue LED is flashing. The
printer automatically returns to normal status.
Perform a Warm boot.
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Product Description
Table 1-21. Error Messages (Continued)
Error Messages and Descriptions
Write Error SIMM
Status
LED
This error can be caused by any of 3 situations described below:
1.
No data can be written onto the SIMM.
2.
Writing is not completed properly.
3.
The SIMM is not inserted.
On Line
OFF
Continue
OFF
Form Feed
Keeps the same status as before.
1.
2.
Measure
3.
Turn the printer off and remove the card. Then turn the printer back on.
Remove the IC card with the printer on to make the Continue LED flash.
Then press the Continue button while the Continue LED is flashing. The
printer automatically returns to normal status.
Perform a Warm boot.
Change Card Battery
Status
LED
Measure
Rev. A
Backup battery life on the PCMCIA card has ended.
On Line
OFF
Continue
OFF
Form Feed
Keeps the same status as before.
Turn off the printer and remove the card to replace the battery. Then reinsert the
card. This error occurs in all the memory cards, such as SRAM cards, which
have a backup battery installed.
1-45
Product Description
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
1.4.4.3 Warning Messages
If any of the following warning errors occurs, it is displayed on the LCD. The printing process itself
is not affected by any of the warning messages, which is soon replaced by a Ready message.
Table 1-22. Warning Messages
Warning Messages and Descriptions
Image Optimum
Status
LED
Measure
The printer could not print at the density selected, due to lack of memory, and it
simplified the print image.
On Line, Continue, Form Feed
1.
2.
Keeps the same status as before.
Clear the warning message by pressing the Continue button.
Reset the printer or perform warm boot to discontinue data processing.
Toner Low
Status
LED
Measure
Toner left has dropped to the specific amount. It’s detected by the toner
sensor in the engine.
On Line, Continue, Form Feed
1.
2.
Keeps the same status as before.
Press the Continue button to clear the warning.
Replace the toner cartridge with a new one.
Card Battery Low
Status
LED
Measure
A backup battery in a PCMCIA card is low.
On Line, Continue, Form Feed
Keeps the same status as before.
Replace the backup battery with a new one.
Check Paper Size
Status
LED
Measure
1-46
[Size Ignore = OFF in Config menu]
This warning is given when the size of the paper loaded and the selected page
size do not match. When using MP tray, the value for MP Tray Size in the Tray
Size SelecType menu is set to the Page Size, if this message does not appear on
the LCD. The printer, however, does not always detect size differences when a
particular size of paper is loaded.
On Line, Continue, Form Feed
1.
2.
*
Keeps the same status as before.
Press the Continue button to clear the warning.
Reset the printer or perform warm boot.
When this message is displayed, printing occasionally results in a size of
paper that was not specified.
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Product Description
Table 1-22. Warning Messages (Continued)
Warning Messages and Descriptions
Check Serial I/F
Status
LED
Measure
This warning is given after detection of an error such as a framing error, parity
error, overrun error, or break character error when the serial I/F is installed.
Data sent from serial I/F is ignored while the warning is indicated and it does not
stop until a warm boot is performed. During this condition, however, other
printer jobs and data sent from other than Serial Interface are not interfered.
On Line, Continue, Form Feed
Keeps the same status as before.
Perform an warm boot.
Menus Locked
Status
LED
Measure
This warning is given when Panel Lock is set to On in EJL mode and EEPROM
cannot store new settings. This message is indicated under any of the
circumstances described below:
1.
Menu, Item, Value, and Enter buttons are pressed in One Touch mode.
2.
Enter switch is pressed in SelecType mode.
On Line, Continue, Form Feed
Keeps the same status as before.
Press any of the switches.
Duplex Print Was Off
Status
LED
Measure
Rev. A
In duplex mode, the printer discontinues printing and indicates this message
under any of the circumstances described below:
1.
CTM-size paper is selected.
2.
The paper type selected is other than Normal.
3.
An envelope size (MON, C10, DL, C5, C6) is selected as the paper size.
4.
The duplex unit is not installed.
5.
Paper size, paper source, and paper type specified for two sides are
different.
6.
The paper size selected is A3+.
On Line, Continue, Form Feed
1.
2.
Keeps the same status as before.
Press the Continue button to clear the warning.
Reset the printer or perform a warm boot.
1-47
Product Description
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Table 1-22. Warning Messages (Continued)
Warning Messages and Descriptions (Continued)
Format Error Card
Status
LED
Measure
Data can be written onto the card inserted, but the card hasn’t been formatted.
This message can be ignored when the card is new. If the card, however, has
already data stored, the card is under either of following conditions:
1.
Data wasn’t written properly.
2.
The memory stored is damaged.
In such cases, write data again or turn off the printer to remove the card.
On Line, Continue, Form Feed
1.
2.
Keeps the same status as before.
Clear the message by pressing Continue switch.
Turn off the printer and remove the card.
Format Error SIMM
Status
LED
Measure
1-48
Data can be written onto the SIMM installed, but the SIMM hasn’t been
formatted. This message can be ignored when the SIMM is new. If the SIMM,
however, has already data stored, the SIMM is under either of following
conditions:
1.
Data wasn’t written properly.
2.
The memory stored is damaged.
In such cases, write data again or turn off the printer to remove the card.
On Line, Continue, Form Feed
1.
2.
Keeps the same status as before.
Clear the message by pressing Continue switch.
Turn off the printer and remove the SIMM.
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Product Description
1.4.4.4 Messages at Power On
Table 1-23. Power On Messages
Status Messages and Description
ROM Check
Status
System ROM being checked.
RAM Check XX . XMB
Status
System RAM being checked. " RAM Check XX . XMB OK" is indicated
when RAM check is completed. If memory is added, be sure that
"XX.X" match the size of the added RAM memory.
Self Test
Status
Self Test, Reset being performed.
1.4.4.5 Service Call Error Messages
A service call error is an error that has to be recovered by a qualified service person. Table 1-25
describes the indications on LCD. For code descriptions, refer to Chapter 5.
Table 1-24. Service Call Error Messages
Service Call Error Messages
Service Req
Status
LED
Measure
Rev. A
effff
The printer detects an error that may not be recovered by end users.
e:
Error Type Codes
E: Error related to the engine.
C: Error related to the controller.
ffff: Error code (Refer to Chapter 5.)
On Line, Continue, Form Feed
On
Ask the end user to turn the printer off, then back on again. If the same message
still appears, note the error code and make a service call.
1-49
Product Description
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
1.4.5 Printer Sharing
This section describes printer sharing. This printer has two methods of printer sharing: port fixed
mode and auto sense mode. These modes are selected through SelecType.
1.4.5.1 Port Fixed Mode
When the printer is in port fixed mode, only one interface port is active. Data from other port is
ignored. The interface to be used can be selected through SelecType.
User 1
Parallel I/F
B type
User 2
Parallel I/F
C type
User 3
Ethernet
( Type-B I/F )
User 4
LocalTalk /Serial
Input Buffer
Interface
environment
Print
Parallel B
Parallel C
Ethernet
( Type-B I/F )
Module
LocalTalk
/Serial Module
Figure 1-6. Interface Port Fixed Mode
1.4.5.2 Auto Sense Mode
This printer can be connected to a maximum of 4 interfaces at a time. When the printer is in Auto
Sense Mode, any interface, standard or optional, that receives data first will print first . Each
interface has its own values that are selected through SelecType.
Host A
Parallel
B type
Host B
Parallel
C type
Input Buffer
I/F Setting
Input Buffer
I/F Setting
Print
10Base2
Host C
10BaseT
Ethernet
Type B I/F
Input Buffer
I/F Setting
Input Buffer
I/F Setting
LocalTalk
Host D
Host E
LocalTalk/Serial
Module (option)
Serial
LocalTalk/
Serial
Module
Figure 1-7. Interface Auto Sense Mode
1-50
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Product Description
1.4.6 Controller RAM Status
RAM on the controller of this printer uses dynamic memory allocation to make the best use of the
memory. Therefore, no portion is rigidly allocated for user-defined settings such as font download,
form overlay, and buffer size, and the total amount of memory available changes depending on
new values.
When data exceeds memory capacity during a process, the error message Mem Overflow appears
on the LCD. In this case, more memory needs to be added. You can occasionally prevent the error
by decreasing memory buffer size.
1.4.7 EJL (Epson Job Control Language)
This printer supports EPSON’s original EJL. This system allows users to access printer setting
modes through commands sent by the computer. This mode is especially beneficial to users who
operate printers through the network.
1.4.8 BiRITech (Bi Resolution Improvement Technology)
This printer has BiRITech, which is used to smooth out jagged edges of lines or shapes. The
resolution, with this technology, has been improved to control dot formation in the main scan at
approximately 1200 dpi, and it provides printing of a high quality.
Note:
Using BiRITech may possibly cause print quality to deteriorate with meshed patterns or
special graphic images. You can avoid this by setting BiRITech to OFF in SelecType.
1 inch
1
2
3
4
600
1
2
3
4
1 inch
5
6
7
R
8
600
Figure 1-8. BiRITech Function
Rev. A
1-51
Product Description
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
1.4.9 PGI (Photo and Graphics Improvement )
PGI enhances the print quality of halftones and tone gradations, generally used in photographic
and graphic images. Compared with conventional systems, which use one white or black dot as the
minimum unit, PGI technology divides a single dot into 3 parts for a more precise image.
Therefore, the amount of data required for this technology is twice as large as the previous method.
1.4.10 Toner Saver Mode
Toner saver mode can cut toner consumption to half normal use. The printer saves toner by
substituting a gray shade, formed with reduced dots, for the black inside characters. The upper and
right edges are reinforced with full black lines. Use of this mode, however, is limited to output that
does not require good print quality.
Table 1-25. Toner Saver Mode
Toner Saver Mode
Off
On
*1:
Edge Reinforcement
All edges
Halftone/ Full Black
Full black
1
Upper and right edge*
Halftone made of 2 dots out of 4 X 4 dots.
Toward the orientation in which image is laid, regardless of the direction paper is fed.
Reinforced
Halftone
Normal Mode
Toner save mode
Figure 1-9. Toner Save Mode
1.4.11 Precaution for Power Off
This printer has an EEPROM installed on the main controller to store user default settings . If the
printer is turned off while the printer is writing new data to the EEPROM, that new data will be
lost, and this may cause an error the next time the printer is powered on. To avoid this, do not turn
off the printer until the message Ready is indicated on the LCD.
1-52
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Product Description
1.5 MAIN COMPONENTS
To simplify maintenance and repair, the main components of the EPL-N2000 have been designed
for easy removal and replacement. The main components are:
❏
❏
❏
❏
❏
❏
❏
❏
❏
❏
❏
❏
❏
C207 MAIN board
Control panel
PWB-A board
PWB-E board
PWB-F board
Print head unit assembly
Fusing unit
Transfer unit
Paper takeup roller unit
Registration roller unit
Drive unit
Imaging cartridge
Cassette unit
Main control board
Engine controller circuit board
Power supply unit
High-voltage supply unit
Lower cassette unit
Fusing Unit
PWB-F
Optical Unit
Control Panel
PWB-E
C207 MAIN
PWB-A
Figure 1-10. Main Component Layout
Rev. A
1-53
Product Description
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
1.5.1 Main Controller (C207 MAIN Board)
The C207 MAIN board is the main controller board for the EPL-N2000.
4 M-Bit DRAM
16 M-Bit DRAM
MASK ROM
(FONT ROM)
ROM Slot
IC16
IC15
IC6
IC5
RAM SIMM Module
RAM SIMM Module
IC12
IC11
IC10
IC9
IC39
Type B I/F
Connector
IC1
RISC
CPU
MB86936
SLAM
GG46833
IC28
IC38
IC card slot
IC20
PIC
E05B29
Option
8M-Bit ROM
EEPROM 93C86
IOC 2
E05B27BA
Parallel C Type I/F
IC29
IOC 2
IC37
Parallel B Type I/F
E05B27BA
LocalTalk/
Serial I/F Connector
RIT4 Plus
E05B28
Figure 1-11. C207 MAIN Board
1-54
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Product Description
1.5.2 PWB-A Board
This unit is the engine control board. The engine is driven by the commands from the C207 MAIN
board, including information from the sensors.
Figure 1-12. PWB-A Board
1.5.3 PWB-E Board
PWB-E board is the power supply board, which converts the AC line voltage into +24 and 5 VDC
voltages. This board also supplies AC line voltage to the fusing unit to heat the heater lamp.
CAUTION
Never touch variable volumes RV1 and RV2. They are for factory use only.
Figure 1-13. PWB-E Board
Rev. A
1-55
Product Description
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
1.5.4 PWB-F Board Unit
The PWB-F is the high-voltage supply circuit board. It applies +24 VDC to the development bias,
OPC drum charge bias, and image transfer bias.
Never touch variable volumes VR1, VR2, VR3, VR5, VR6. They are for factory use only.
Figure 1-14. PWB-F Board
1.5.5 Paper Takeup Roller Unit
This unit is used to take up paper from a paper tray or cassette.
Figure 1-15. Paper Takeup Roller
1-56
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Product Description
1.5.6 Registration Roller Assembly
This unit is used to prevent paper skew prior to transfer process. Paper reaches the register, pushes
against the register, and then is pushed back to the correct position by its natural bounce.
Figure 1-16. Registration Roller
1.5.7 Transfer Unit
The transfer unit transfers the toner image from the surface of the PC drum onto the paper. When
paper is transported across the transfer roller and PC drum, the transfer roller, located on the
reverse side of the paper, applies a positive electric charge to the paper to attract the toner image
from the drum to the paper.
Figure 1-17. Transfer Unit
Rev. A
1-57
Product Description
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
1.5.8 Print Head Unit (Optical Unit)
The Print Head unit consists of the laser diode (semi-conductor laser), the polygon motor which
drives the polygon mirror for laser scanning, mirrors, and the lenses. The optical unit emits the
laser beam onto the surface of the PC drum via the polygon mirror, mirrors, and lenses to produce
a latent electrostatic image.
Figure 1-18. Print Head Unit
1.5.9 Fusing Unit
The fusing unit, which consists of the roller and heater lamp, fixes toner images onto the paper,
using heat and pressure. The thermistor is installed in the unit for heat control and the thermostat
takes over the job when the heat control fails. .
Figure 1-19. Fusing Unit
1-58
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Product Description
1.5.10 Drive Unit
The drive unit, which consists of the main motor and a number of transmitting gears, drives the
paper transport rollers, Imaging cartridge, and fusing unit. The registration roller clutch, paper
takeup solenoid, and interlock switch are installed inside the unit.
Figure 1-20. Drive Unit
1.5.11 Imaging cartridge
The Imaging cartridge contains mechanisms to control charging, developing, and cleaning. The
toner tank is installed inside the cartridge, and the whole cartridge must be replaced when toner
runs out. The cartridge has a fuse attached, which the printer can use to detect whether or not the
cartridge is new.
Figure 1-21. Imaging Cartridge
Rev. A
1-59
Product Description
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
1.5.12 Cassette Unit
The cassette unit is used to feed paper from a cassette into the printer. The paper empty sensor
detects paper outs, and the paper near empty sensor detects the amount of paper remaining in the
cassette.
Paper takeup roller
Transport roller
Paper empty sensor
Paper size switches
Paper near empty sensor
Figure 1-22. Cassette Unit
1-60
Rev. A
CHAPTER 2 OPERATING PRINCIPLES
Table of Contents
2.1 Engine Operation
2.1.1 Printing Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1.1.1 Charging Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1.1.2 Exposure Process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1.1.3 Developing Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1.1.4 Transfer Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1.1.5 Fusing Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1.1.6 Cleaning Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1.2 Engine Mechanism Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1.2.1 Fusing Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1.2.2 Paper Feeding Mechanism. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-1
2-1
2-2
2-3
2-4
2-5
2-6
2-7
2-7
2-7
2-8
2.2 Controller Mechanism
2-10
2.2.1 Engine Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
2.2.1.1 Main Motor Mechanism Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
2.2.1.2 Laser Unit Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
2.2.1.3 Fusing Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
2.2.1.4 Sensor Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
2.2.2 Video Control Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
2.2.2.1 C207 MAIN Board Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
2.2.2.2 Video Controller Operating Principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
List of Tables
Table 2-1.
Table 2-2.
Table 2-3.
Table 2-4.
Printing Process for the EPL-N2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Paper Size Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Sensor Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Functions of C207 MAIN Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
List of Figures
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
2-1. Main Process Mechanism Parts and Paper Paths . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2-2. Charging Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
2-3. Exposure Process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
2-4. Developing Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
2-5. Transfer /Separation Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
2-6. Fusing Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
2-7. Paper Tray Feed Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
2-8. Paper Cassette Feed Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
2-9. Engine Controller Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
2-10. Main Motor Drive Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
2-11. Laser Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
2-12. Fuser Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
2-13. Sensor Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
2-14. C207 MAIN Board Flowchart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Operating Principles
2.1 Engine Operation
This section describes the functions and operating principles of the EPL-N2000 engine.
2.1.1 Printing Process
The whole printing process for this printer is divided into the seven stages described in Table 2-1.
Table 2-1. Printing Process for the EPL-N2000
Steps
Process
Description
1
Charging
Charges the surface of the PC drum with static electricity.
A rayon brush is used.
2
Exposure
The laser beam emitted from the laser unit produces an
electrostatic latent image on the surface of the PC drum.
3
Development
Toner is fed through the sleeve roller to the surface of the PC
drum to produce a visible toner image.
Transfer
The transfer roller transfers the toner image from the surface
of the PC drum onto the paper, using an electrical charge
applied from the transfer roller.
5
Separating
The electrode discharges the paper to separate it from the
drum.
6
Fusing
Toner image is fixed on the paper with heat and pressure.
7
Cleaning
The cleaning blade clears toner off the PC drum and transfer
roller.
4
Figure 2-1 shows the locations and name of the main engine components and the paper paths.
Fusing Unit
Upper Fusing Roller
Lower Fusing Roller
Print Head unit
Imaging Cartridge
Charging Brush
Cleaning Blade
PC Drum
Sleeve Roller
Needle Pole
Transfer Roller
Registration Rollers
Figure 2-1. Mechanism Parts and Paper Paths for
Main Printing Process
Rev.A
2-1
Operating Principles
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
2.1.1.1 Charging Process
In the charging process, the high voltage unit applies negative DC voltage as the bias voltage to the
rayon charging brush. Then, the PC drum is evenly charged with the negative electric charge
applied from the charging brush.
DC bias
Charging Brush
–1150 V
Charge Bias:-1150V (DC)
PC Drum
PC Drum Ground
Figure 2-2. Charging Process
2-2
Rev.A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Operating Principles
2.1.1.2 Exposure Process
In the exposure process, the laser unit emits laser beams onto the PC drum surface to create an
electrostatic latent image. There is a polygon mirror installed inside the laser unit. The mirror,
which is rotated by the scanner motor, reflects laser beams from the laser diode toward the drum,
on which the laser beams run, scanning from one edge to the other. There is a sensor called SOS, or
Start Of Scan, sensor attached in the laser unit. The laser beam is emitted onto the sensor to detect
the starting point for scanning of each line. It correctly times the illumination of the laser diode
with the rotation of the polygon mirror.
Polygon Mirror
Laser Diode
SOS Sensor
PC Drum
Charging Brush
Charge Bias:-1150V(DC)
PC Drum
Laser Beam
PC Drum Ground
Drum Surface
Figure 2-3. Exposure Process
Rev.A
2-3
Operating Principles
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
2.1.1.3 Developing Process
Paper goes through this process to convert electrostatic image produced through the charging and
exposure processes into visible image. It is accomplished using toner and 3 bias voltages;
developingt bias, toner bias, and seal bias. Developing bias feeds toner evenly on the sleeve roller.
The amount of toner fed onto the roller is controlled by developing bias, which enables the printer
to adjust printing tones.
Developing bias
–300 V (–220 to –330 V)
Toner bias
–550 V
Seal bias
–249 bias
Developing bias:-300V (-220V to -330V )
Toner bias:-500V
PC Drum
PWB-F
High Voltage Unit
Sleeve Roller
Toner Hopper
Seal bias:-249V
Toner Feed Roller
Figure 2-4. Developing Process
2-4
Rev.A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Operating Principles
2.1.1.4 Transfer Process
In the transfer system, toner image created on the PC drum through the developing process is
transferred to the paper. The roller transfer system is used for this printer.
When the paper goes through the PC drum and the transfer roller, the roller provides the paper
with positive voltage applied from the high voltage unit. Then, the toner image on the drum
transfers to the paper being attracted by the positive voltage. The needle pole located above the
roller is used to collect the remaining static electricity on the paper.
Transfer bias
+ 4000 V DC
Paper
PC Drum
+
+
Needle Pole
+
+
Transfer Roller
Transfer Bias:+ 4000 VDC
Figure 2-5. Transfer Process
Rev.A
2-5
Operating Principles
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
2.1.1.5 Fusing Process
The fusing unit permanently fixes the toner image, transferred from the PC drum, onto the paper.
The fusing system this printer uses is the heat roller fusing system. The toner on the paper is
melted by the upper fusing roller, which is heated by the heater lamp, then the toner is fixed by
pressure from the paper traveling through the upper and lower fusing rollers.
There is a thermostat and thermistor installed on the upper fusing roller.The thermistor detects the
surface temperature of the upper fusing roller. The PWB-A board switches the heater lamp on or
off, depending on the temperature detected. When the temperature is abnormally high, which is
usually caused by a malfunction of the control board or the thermistor, the thermostat detects it
and cuts off the current.
During warm up, the heater continues to heat up until it reaches 190oC (374 F). At printing, the
heater is controlled to remain 180oC (356 F).
Thermistor
Thermostat
Paper
Upper Fusing Roller
Lower Fusing Roller
Heater Lamp
Thermistor
PWB-A
Heater Lamp
Thermostat
Figure 2-6. Fusing Process
2-6
Rev.A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Operating Principles
2.1.1.6 Cleaning Process
Toner remaining on the PC drum after transfer process is scraped off with the cleaning blade,
placed in close contact with the surface of the PC drum. The toner that has been scraped off is
collected back into the toner collection box inside the Imaging cartridge.
2.1.2 Engine Mechanism Operation
This section describes the major units in the engine and their mechanisms.
2.1.2.1 Fusing Unit
❏
Upper fusing roller
A metallic sleeve roller that melts the toner on the paper. It is heated by a heater lamp built
internally.
❏
Lower fusing roller
A silicon rubber roller that applies pressure to the paper for fusing the toner to the page.
❏
Heater lamp
A lamp built into the upper fusing roller. This is supplied AC power to heat the upper fusing
roller.
❏
Thermistor
The thermistor, located next to the upper fusing roller, detects the roller’s surface temperature.
To control the roller’s temperature, the control circuit alternately switches the heater lamp on
and off based on the temperature the thermistor detects. (This process continues occurring as
long as the thermostat does not detect overheating.)
❏
Thermostat
When the thermistor fails to control the temperature, the thermostat takes over the job. The
thermostat has a series connection to the heater lamp’s power source line, and when the
temperature rises to the specific level, it opens the contact point. Then current is cut off as a
consequence.
Rev.A
2-7
Operating Principles
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
2.1.2.2 Paper Feeding Mechanism
❏
Multi Purpose Tray
The drive for the tray is transmitted to the push-down cam by way of the main motor, paper
takeup clutch, and paper takeup roller. The paper takeup roller and push-down cam rotate
once when the the paper takeup solenoid is energized. While turning, the push-down cam
pushes down the stack of paper on the paper lifting plate. Then the paper takeup roller picks
up a sheet of paper. Friction between the paper separator and transport roller avoid multiple
paper feeding.
Push-down Cam
Transport Roller
Paper Takeup Roller
Paper Takeup Clutch
Separator
Paper Lifting Plate
Paper Take-up Solenoid
Figure 2-7. Paper Tray Feed Mechanism
2-8
Rev.A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
❏
Operating Principles
Lower Cassette Tray
The drive for the lower cassette tray is transmitted from the printer to the transport roller via
the transmission gear, paper takeup clutch, and paper takeup roller. The lower paper cassette
unit is controlled by the engine control board (PWB-A) through control board PWB-C. When
the paper takeup solenoid (SL2) is energized, the paper takeup roller rotates once to pick up a
sheet of paper, and the transport roller carries it to the PC drum. The separator avoides
multiple paper feeding.
The paper size switch on control board (PWB-C) detects the size of the paper loaded in the
tray. The paper near-empty sensor detects 2 conditions: whether the amount of paper
remaining in the tray is 50 sheets or less or whether it is 250 sheets or less. The paper empty
sensor is used to detect paper empty condition.
Table 2-2 shows combinations of the paper sizes and corresponding switches.
Table 2-2. Paper Size Switches
Paper Size
SW1
SW2
SW3
SW4
Paper Size
SW1
SW2
SW3
SW4
ON
ON
OFF
ON
HLT
OFF
ON
ON
ON
1
A4*
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF LGL
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
A5*1
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
GLG
ON
OFF
ON
ON
B4*1
A3
ON
OFF
ON
OFF GLT
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
1
B5*
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
LT*1
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF No cassette
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
B(11"*117")
*1: In landscape orientation
Transport Roller
Paper Takeup Roller
Paper Empty Sensor
Paper Take-up solenoid(SL2)
Paper Near Empty Sensor
Paper Size Switches
SW1
SW2
SW3
SW4
PWB-C board (reverse side)
Figure 2-8. Paper Cassette Feed Mechanism
Rev.A
2-9
Operating Principles
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
2.2 Controller Mechanism
2.2.1 Engine Control
This section gives information on the engine controller, power supply board, and the high-voltage
supply board. The engine is controlled by the PWB-A board. Figure 2-9 shows an engine controller
connection diagram.
Main Motor (M1)
Imaging Cartridge
Toner Empty Sensor
Paper Takeup
Solenoid
Paper Empty Sensor
Paper Near Empty
Sensor
Registration Clutch
Paper Exit Sensor
Paper Cassette Unit
Thermistor
PWB-C Board
Thermostat
Heater Lamp
PWB-E
Power Supply
Board
PWB-A
Board
Paper Empty Sensor
Paper Near Empty
Sensor
Cassette Size Sensor
Paper Takeup Solenoid
SL2
Power Source
Fan Motor
Print Head Assembly
Interlock Switch
Bias High Voltage
PWB-F
High Voltage Board
Fusing Fan Motor
Paper Takeup Sensor
Registration Sensor
Figure 2-9. Engine Controller Diagram
2-10
Rev.A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Operating Principles
2.2.1.1 Main Motor Mechanism and Control
The main motor, which is located in the driving unit, transmits drive force to the rollers in the
printer. A main motor malfunction is detected if any of following conditions is detected:
1.
The lock signal (CN5-1) goes OFF (LOW), and the OFF status continues for 1 second or
more.
2.
The lock signal (CN5-1) does not go OFF (LOW) within 1 second after the main motor
goes ON (CN5-2=Low).
Figure 2-10 shows the main motor (M1) drive circuit.
PWB-A Board
Main Motor
MOTOR LOCK
1
MOTOR ON/OFF
2
CN5
2
+ 4V
3
GND
4
Figure 2-10. Main Motor Drive Circuit
2.2.1.2 Laser Unit Control
The laser unit, which consists of the laser diode unit and the polygon mirror, exposes the PC drum.
The output level of laser is adjusted prior to the printing, and a laser error occurs if the adjustment
fails.
If any of following conditions in the polygon motor is detected, the polygon motor is regarded as
malfunctioning.
1.
The polygon motor lock signal does not go ON within 10 seconds after the polygon
motor goes ON.
2.
The polygon motor lock signal goes ON after the polygon motor is energized, but it goes
OFF again and does not come back ON within 1 second or more.
3.
The SOS signal is not detected during printing.
P/H (Print Head) Unit
PWB-A Board
SSCAN
1
PWB-D
Laser Diode Board
+5 V
7
CN2
8
+24 V
Polygon Motor
M2
POLYGON-LOCK
12
Figure 2-11. Laser Control
Rev.A
2-11
Operating Principles
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
2.2.1.3 Fusing Control
The thermistor detects the surface temperature of the fusing roller and inputs the corresponding
analog voltage to the PWB-A board. The heater lamp is turned ON and OFF by a signal output
from PWB-A, based on the temperature detected by the thermistor. A fusing error occurs if any of
following conditions is detected:
1.
The thermistor voltage varies only in the range of 0.1 V within 12 to 30 seconds after the
upper fusing roller starts warming up.
2.
120 seconds has passed after the upper fusing roller started warming up. But the
temperature of the upper fusing roller is still under 190oC (374 F).
3.
In standby, the upper fusing roller temperature drops under 140oC (284 F).
4.
During printing, the upper fusing roller temperature drops under 150oC (302 F).
5.
When the temperature is under control, the upper fusing roller temperature exceeds
240ooC (482 F).
CN13
5
5
+ V
Thermistor
CPU
4
PWB-E Board
CN4
Heater Lamp
2
Heater
ON/OFF
Thermostat
PWB-A Board
Figure 2-12. Fuser Control
2-12
Rev.A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Operating Principles
2.2.1.4 Sensor Control
This section gives information on the sensors and how they are used to detect abnormal operations.
Figure 2-13 shows the sensor layout.
1
3
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
24
23
10
22
11
28
12
13
25
27
14
15
21
26
20
19
29
18
17
16
Figure 2-13. Sensor Locations
See Table 2-3 for sensor descriptions.
Table 2-3. Sensor Descriptions
No.
Description
No.
Description
1
A3 Output Tray
16
Registration Roller
2
Paper Output Tray
17
Transport Roller
3
Imaging cartridge
18
Cassette Paper Takeup Roller
4
Charging Brush
19
Paper Empty Sensor (PE2)
5
Paper Exit Roller
20
Paper Near Empty Sensor (PE2)
6
Upper Fusing Roller
21
Lower Paper Cassette Unit
7
Paper Exit Sensor (PC3)
22
Paper Empty Sensor (PE1)
8
Lower Fusing Roller
22
Paper Near Empty Sensor (PEN1)
9
Switchback Motor (Optional)
23
Toner Empty Sensor (TE 1)
10
Duplex Transport Roller (Optional)
24
Laser Unit
11
Duplex Paper Sensor (Optional)
25
Registration Sensor (PCR 1)
12
Main Motor
26
Paper Lifting Plate
13
Transport Motor (Optional)
27
MP Tray
14
Duplex Cover Switch
28
Transfer Roller
15
Paper Takeup Sensor
29
Paper Takeup Roller
Rev.A
2-13
Operating Principles
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
A paper jam is detected if any of following conditions occurs:
❏
During feeding from the MP tray, the paper takeup sensor (PC1) fails to go OFF within
approximately 1.6 seconds after the paper takeup roller has started rotating.
❏
During feeding from the paper cassette, the registration sensor (PCR1) does not go OFF within
approximately 1.4 seconds* after the paper takeup roller has started rotating.
* 2.5 seconds for the optional paper cassette
❏
During feeding from the paper cassette, the paper takeup sensor (PC1) fails to go OFF within
approximately 1.0 seconds after the leading edge of the page has reached the registration
sensor.
❏
The paper takeup sensor (PC1) does not go ON while power is on or when the upper and the
duplex unit covers are closed.
❏
The paper takeup sensor (PC1) does not go ON within approximately 2.8 seconds after the
leading edge of the page has reached the paper takeup sensor (PC1) .
❏
The paper exit sensor (PC3) fails to go OFF within approximately 2.3 seconds after the leading
edge of the page has reached the paper takeup sensor (PC1).
❏
The paper exit sensor (PC3) does not come ON within approximately 2.3 seconds after the
ending edge has passed the paper takeup sensor (PC1).
❏
The paper exit sensor (PC3) does not come ON while power is on or when or the upper and
duplex unit covers are closed.
❏
The duplex paper sensor (PC4) does not go OFF within approximately 2.7 seconds after the
switch-back motor for the duplex unit has gone ON.
❏
The registration sensor (PCR1) fails to go OFF within approximately 1.1 seconds after the
leading edge of the page has reached the duplex paper sensor (PC4).
❏
During duplex printing, the paper takeup sensor (PC1) does not go OFF within approximately
1.0 seconds after the leading edge of the page has reached the registration sensor (PCR1).
❏
The duplex paper sensor (PC4) does not come ON while power is on or when the upper and
duplex unit covers are closed.
❏
The registration sensor (PCR1) does not come ON while power is on or when the upper and
duplex unit covers are closed.
❏
The registration sensor (PCR1) fails to come ON when the upper unit cover is closed.
❏
The registration sensor (PCR1) fails to come ON when the duplex unit cover is closed.
2-14
Rev.A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Operating Principles
2.2.2 Video Control Operation
2.2.2.1 C207 MAIN Board Operation
The video controller receives print data and converts it into corresponding image signal before
transmitting them to the engine controller. Figure 2-14 shows a block diagram of C207 MAIN
board. The C207 MAIN board contains a wide variety of ICs such as the CPU, memory, ASIC , and
driver.
External Device
PCMCIA Card
C207 PROG BOARD
CN14
LL FONT
(Option)
CPU (IC1)
MB86936
CN7
PIC (IC21)
E05B29
ROM
(IC21)
FONT
ROM-SIMM
MASK-ROM
(IC15,16)
CN12
CN11
ROM
A2-27
AB
D0-31
DB
Control
Control
SLAM
(IC39)
GG46833
D-RAM
RAM-SIMM
CN 9,10
IC5,6,9,10,
11,12
D0-31
A2-27
MA0-10
MAB
RAM
DB
Control
CLK
Control
RESET
EEPROM
16KB (IC38)
AB0-7
AB
DB0-7
DB
IOC2
(IC29)
IOC2
(IC28)
CN4
CN5
Type-B I/F
CN3
CN2
I/F
CN6
LocalTalk/
Serial Module
Parallel C I/F Parallel B I/F
AB
DB
Control
RIT4 Plus
(IC37)
E05B28
Video Signal
CN15
CN1
Panel Unit
Video
Video
and
Panel
Figure 2-14. C207 MAIN Board Flow Chart
Rev.A
2-15
Operating Principles
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Table 2-1 lists the main components of the C207 MAIN board and their functions.
Table 2-1. Functions of Main Board Components
Component
Location
Function
MB86936 RISC CPU
IC1
The CPU, which operates at 47.6 MHz manages the
video controller operation.
SLAM
GG46833
IC39
This LSI contains the following functions:
■ DRAM management ( refresh control, RAS/CAS
control )
■ Wait controller
■ Interrupt controller
RIT4 Plus
E05B28 ASIC
IC37
This ASIC is a video controller for BiRIT and EMGT.
IOC2
E05B27 ASIC
IC28, IC29
This ASIC contains the following functions:
■ IC28: Parallel B interface
■ IC29: Parallel C interface
Two 8 M-bit FONT
ROMs
IC15, IC16
These ROMs are font ROMs.
Option 8M-Bit ROM
IC21
This ROM is local language ROM (font) option.
EEPROM
IC38
This 16K-bit EEPROM stores the followings:
■ Mode type
■ Printer page counter value
■ Toner life counter value
■ SelecType setting
DRAM
IC9 - 12 *1
2
IC5, IC 6 *
These DRAMs are used as the working area of the
elements such as the CPU, input buffer, and image
buffer.
PIC
E05B29 ASIC
IC20
This ASIC contains following functions:
■ PCMCIA controller
■ LocalLanguage controller
C207 PROG Board
-
4M-bit Flash ROMs are mounted on the C207 PROG
board to store the control programs.
*1: IC9, 10, 11 ,12 are used in Europe.
*2: IC5 and IC 6 are used in the United States.
2-16
Rev.A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Operating Principles
2.2.2.2 Video Controller Operation Principles
Print data and commands transmitted from the host computer through the network, parallel, or
optional I/F are read and then stored in the input buffer in DRAM. If the buffer size (which varies
depending on the SelecType setting) is increased, the host computer is released sooner.
Data and commands are then stored in the video RAM (the image buffer) memory area after being
processed in the video controller CPU, where the data is converted into print bitmap data (image
data). The size of the video RAM depends on the current size of the RAM memory and the
SelecType setting.
An error or warning for memory size occurs under the following conditions, and such problems
usually can be solved by changing buffer size or increasing RAM memory:
❏
Bitmap data from the CPU is too complicated for the size of video RAM.
❏
When data is complicated, the CPU cannot process it faster than it is transmitted to the
engine controller board.
Image data stored in video RAM is transmitted to the ASIC, where the BiRITech and PGI functions
manipulate the data. The data is then passed on to the engine controller as video data. The engine
controller processes the video data transmitted from the video controller. Engine mechanisms
driven by the PWB-A board then perform printing.
When an error occurs, the CPU in the engine controller detects it and sends status information to
the video controller, where the information is processed, and the corresponding error message and
the code are displayed on the Control panel.
Rev.A
2-17
CHAPTER 3 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
Table of Contents
3.1 General Description
3.1.1 Precautions for Disassembly /Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.1.2 Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.1.3 Specifications for Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.1.4 Service Checks after Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.1.5 Servicing Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-1
3-1
3-2
3-3
3-4
3.2 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
3-6
3.2.1 Outer Covers Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
3.2.1.1 Opening the Top Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
3.2.1.2 Left Cover Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
3.2.1.3 Right Cover Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
3.2.1.4 Top Cover Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
3.2.1.5 LCD Panel Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
3.2.1.6 Right Front Cover Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
3.2.1.7 Front Cover Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
3.2.1.8 Rear Cover Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
3.2.2 Fusing Unit Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
3.2.3 PWB-E Board (Power Supply Board) Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
3.2.4 MAIN Controller Board Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
3.2.4.1 Shield Frame Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
3.2.4.2 C207 MAIN Board Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
3.2.5 Rear Panel Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
3.2.6 Transfer Unit Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
3.2.7 High Voltage Supply Board (PWB-F Board) Unit Removal. . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
3.2.8 Printhead Unit Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
3.2.8.1 Harness Cover Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
3.2.8.2 Printhead Unit Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
3.2.9 Paper Empty Sensor Assembly Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
3.2.10 Paper Takeup Roller Assembly Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
3.2.11 Paper Takeup Roller Unit Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
3.2.12 Registration Roller Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
3.2.13 PWB-A Board Unit Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
3.2.14 Drive Unit Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
3.2.15 Heater Lamp Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
3.2.15.1 Left Fusing Lamp Cover Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
3.2.15.2 Right Fusing Lamp Cover Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
3.2.15.3 Heater Lamp Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
3.2.16 Paper Exit Sensor Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
3.2.17 Lower Fusing Roller Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
3.2.18 Separator Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
3.2.19 Thermistor Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
3.2.20 Thermostat Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
3.2.21 Upper Fusing Roller Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
3.2.22 Main Motor Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
3.2.23 Interlock Switch Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
3.2.24 Paper Takeup Solenoid Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
List of Tables
Table 3-1.
Table 3-2.
Table 3-3.
Table 3-4.
Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Screw Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Screw and Washer Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checks after Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-1
3-2
3-2
3-3
List of Figures
Figure 3-1. Rear Cover Hook Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Figure 3-2. Outer Cover Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Figure 3-3. Fusing Unit Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Figure 3-4. Fusing Unit Removal (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Figure 3-5. Fusing Unit Removal (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Figure 3-6. Unit Location (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Figure 3-7. PWB-E Board (Power Supply Board) Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Figure 3-8. Shield Frame Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Figure 3-9. C207 MAIN Board Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Figure 3-10. Rear Panel Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Figure 3-11. Transfer Unit Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Figure 3-12. High Voltage Supply Board Unit Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Figure 3-13. Printhead Unit Location. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Figure 3-14. Harness Cover Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Figure 3-15. Printhead Unit Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Figure 3-16. Unit Location (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Figure 3-17. Paper Empty Sensor Assembly Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Figure 3-18. Transport Guide Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Figure 3-19. Paper Takeup Roller Assembly Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Figure 3-20. Paper Lifting Plate Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
Figure 3-21. Paper Takeup Roller Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Figure 3-22. Registration Roller Assembly Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Figure 3-23. PWB-A Board Unit Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Figure 3-24. Drive Unit Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Figure 3-25. Drive Unit Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Figure 3-26. Drive Unit Gear Engagement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Figure 3-27. Left Fusing Lamp Cover Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
Figure 3-28. Right Fusing Lamp Cover Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
Figure 3-29. Unit Location (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
Figure 3-30. Heater Lamp Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
Figure 3-31. Paper Exit Sensor Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
Figure 3-32. Lower Fusing Roller Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
Figure 3-33. Separator Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
Figure 3-34. Thermistor Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Figure 3-35. Thermostat Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
Figure 3-36. Upper Fusing Roller Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
Figure 3-37. Main Motor Removal (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
Figure 3-38. Main Motor Removal (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
Figure 3-39. Interlock Switch Removal (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
Figure 3-40. Interlock Switch Removal (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
Figure 3-41. Paper Takeup Solenoid Removal (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
Figure 3-42. Paper Takeup Solenoid Removal (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Disassembly and Assembly
3.1 GENERAL INFORMATION
This chapter describes the disassembly/assembly procedures to be used for replacing the main
assemblies of the EPL-N2000.
3.1.1 Precautions for Disassembly/Assembly
Follow the precautions below when disassembling/assembling the printer.
WARNING
❏ Disconnect the power cord before disassembling/assembling the printer.
❏ Be sure to handle the fusing unit carefully, because the unit remains hot for a while after
the printer stops printing.
❏ If it is necessary to plug in the power cord and operate the printer after disassembling it,
take the following precautions:
1.Keep your hands and clothing well away from operating or rotating parts (such as
rollers, fan motors, etc.)
2.Never touch electric terminals or high-voltage components (such as the charger and the
high voltage unit).
❏ Be sure to close the top cover when operating the printer. This printer uses an invisible
laser beam which could cause damage or loss of eyesight. Therefore never energize the
interlock switch to connect current with the top cover open.
CAUTION
❏ Handle frame edges with care since this printer has a considerable amount of metal
materials.
❏ Do not disassemble the Imaging cartridge.
❏ If the Imaging cartridge is removed from the printer, do not place it in direct sunlight.
❏ Do not disassemble the printhead assembly.
❏ To prevent damage to ICs from static electricity, do not touch the ICs on the circuit
board or the terminals of peripheral electrical components with your hands.
❏ Use only the recommended tools to ensure safe and efficient maintenance work.
Inappropriate tools may damage the machine.
❏ Never open the top cover until the main motor stops completely.
❏ When transporting the printer, remove the Imaging cartridge.
❏ When transporting the printer a long distance, pack it using the original packing
material.
3.1.2 Tools
Use the tools listed in Table 3-1 for disassembling/assembling the printer.
Table 3-1. Tools
Name
Rev. A
Part No.
Philips screwdriver No. 2
B743800200
Regular screwdriver
B743000100
Tweezers
B641000100
Soldering iron
B740200100
Round-nose pliers
B740400100
3-1
Disassembly and Assembly
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
3.1.3 Specifications for Screws
In the following sections, abbreviations are used for small parts such as screws and washers. Table
3-2 lists these abbreviations. Table 3-3 lists screw and washer types.
CAUTION
Be sure to use the correct type of screw since many different types of screws are used in this
printer.
Table 3-2. Screw Abbreviations
Abbreviation
Part Name
CCS
Cross-recessed Cup head S-tight
CCB
Cross-recessed Cup head B-tight
CB(S-P1)
Cross-recessed Bind head with Spring lock washer and 1 Plain washer
CBS
Cross-recessed Bind head S-tight
CPS
Cross-resseded Pan head S-tight
Table 3-3. Screw and Washer Types
Screw type
Appearance
CCS
CCB
CB(S-P1)
CBS
CPS
3-2
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Disassembly and Assembly
3.1.4 Service Checks after Repair
Check the repaired unit using the list in Table 3-4 before returning the printer to the user to ensure
that repair and shipping are accomplished appropriately.
Table 3-4. Checks after Repair
Item
Operation
ROM
version
Location
Control panel
Do all LEDs, LCD, and buttons function normally?
Heater lamp
Does the heater lamp turn on normally?
Status sheet
Is the status sheet printed normally?
Data print
Does data print in all modes?
---
Is it the latest version?
---
Are toner and dust removed from the paper path?
Is the lens on the optical unit clean?
Is the paper takeup roller clean?
Are the fusing rollers clean?
Is the outer surface of the printer clean?
---
Is the Imaging cartridge removed from the printer?
Is the unit packed securely?
Are accessories packed also?
Cleaning
Packing
Rev. A
Checkpoint
Check
3-3
Disassembly and Assembly
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
3.1.5 Servicing Operations
This section describes the special service modes and combinations of switches used to enter each
mode. The modes listed in this section are only to be operated by qualified service people for
repair. Therefore the specifications for these modes were eliminated from the user’s guide.
❏
EEPROM Initialization
The EEPROM, mounted on the controller board, is used to save settings selected through the
SelecType mode and the printer status information such as the page counter.
This function resets all user settings and printer status information to the factory default
settings.
■ Switches to use:
Turn on the printer while holding down the On Line, Continue, and Menu switches.
CAUTION
Use of this function must be limited to the the conditions listed below, since it also clears page
counter information.
❏ EEPROM is replaced.
❏ The C207 MAIN Board, along with EEPROM, is replaced.
❏ When refurbishing the EEPROM.
❏
Page Counter Clearance
The page counter information, which can be checked through the SelecType, is stored on the
EEPROM. The page counter clear function resets the page counter to "0".
■ Switches to use:
Turn on the printer while holding down the On Line, Item, and Menu switches.
❏
Flash IC Card Clear
When the optional flash IC card is used, the saved information in the card is erased with this
mode. It’s only available when the card is inserted in card slot A.
■ Switches to use:
Turn on the printer while holding down the SelecType, Item, Value, and Enter switches.
"Formatting Card" appears, which is indicated on the LCD.
"Write Error Card" is indicated in place of "Formatting Card" under the following conditions.
The IC card inserted is not acceptable.
The card is write protected.
❏
Flash ROM Update
This function is used to update a Flash ROM.
■ Switches to use:
1. Turn On the printer while holding down the On Line, Menu, Item, and Value
switches.
2. Press the Item, Value, and Enter switches while "Program Device" is indicated.
The parallel interface (B connector) starts sending data when "Please Send Data" is indicated.
3-4
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Disassembly and Assembly
Use the 2 other modes listed below when you need information to analyzing the cause of a
persistent error related to a firmware malfunction.
❏
Resetting of the CPU after a service call error has occurred.
When a "Exxx" or "C2000" error has occurred, it can be cleared using this function without
turning the printer Off and back On.
■ Switches to use:
Press the SelecType, Menu, Item, Value, and Enter switches. This combination is
effective only when the printer is in an error status.
❏
Indication of service call error details
When a "Exxx" or "C2000" error has occurred, detailed information on the error can be
indicated by using this function.
■ Switches to use:
Press the Continue, SelecType, and Menu switches at one time.
The LCD panel displays detailed information on the error.
If any of the switches is then pressed, error type is displayed.
Rev. A
3-5
Disassembly and Assembly
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
3.2 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
This section describes and illustrates the procedures for disassembling and assembling the
components of the EPL-N2000. The assembly procedures are not described, except for special notes
where necessary, because assembly can be accomplished by performing disassembly in reverse
order.
3.2.1 Outer Covers Removal
This section describes how to remove the left cover, right cover, front cover, top cover, rear cover,
right front cover, right rear cover and the control panel. See the figure below which shows the
location of the covers and screws.
3.2.1.1 Opening the Top Cover
1.
Push the blue release lever and open the top cover.
CAUTION
Never touch the following parts when opening the top cover.
❏Fusing unit: It remains hot for a while after the printer stops printing.
❏Transfer Roller: Contact with the roller causes printing deterioration .
❏Dust tight t glass: Contact with the dust tight glass causes printing deterioration .
Dust Tight Glass
Fusing Unit
Transfer Roller
3.2.1.2 Left Cover Removal
1.
Loosen 2 CCS screws (3 X 8) from the top and rear parts of the left cover .
2.
Remove the left cover.
3.2.1.3 Right Cover Removal
1.
Loosen 3 CCS screws (3 X 8) from the upper part of the right cover.
2.
Remove the right cover.
3.2.1.4 Top Cover Removal
1.
Remove a screw from the cover.
2.
Remove a shoulder screw from the top cover.
3.
Remove a CCB screw (3 X 8) from the top cover.
4.
Remove the top cover.
3-6
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Disassembly and Assembly
3.2.1.5 Control Panel Removal
1.
Remove the FFC from the C207 MAIN Board.
2.
Remove 2 CCS screws (3 X 8) from the right and upper side of the panel.
3.
Remove the Control Panel.
3.2.1.6 Right Front Cover Removal
1.
Loosen 1 CCS screw (3 X 8) from the upper part of the right front cover.
2.
Remove the Right Front Cover.
3.2.1.7 Front Cover Removal
1.
Loosen 2 CCS screws (3 X 6) from the upper part of the front cover.
2.
Remove 2 CCS screws (3 X 8) from the front side of the front cover.
3.
Remove 2 CCS screws (3 X 6) from the inside of the front paper tray.
4.
Pull out the Front Cover and remove.
3.2.1.8 Rear Cover Removal
1.
Remove 2 CCS screws (3 X 8) from the upper part of the rear cover.
2.
Release 6 hooks securing the rear cover. (Refer to Figure 3-2.)
3.
Remove the rear cover.
Disassembly Note
Release the 6 hooks with care so as they won’t break.
Hooks
Figure 3-1. Rear Cover Hook Locations
Rev. A
3-7
Disassembly and Assembly
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
CCS Screw (3X8)
Top Cover
A
CCS Screw (3X8)
Control Panel
Shoulder Screw
CCB Screw (3X8)
Right Cover
CCS Screw
(3X8)
CCS Screw (3X8)
Cover
CCS Screw (3X8)
A
CCS Screw
(3X6)
CCS Screw
Right Front Cover
Rear Cover
CCS Screw (3X8)
CCS Screw (3X6)
Front Cover
Left Cover
CCS Screw (3X8)
Front Side
Figure 3-2. Outer Cover Removal
3-8
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Disassembly and Assembly
3.2.2 Fusing Unit Removal
1.
Remove 2 CCS screws ( 3 X 8 ) securing the fusing unit through the rear cover and rear panel.
2.
Disconnect the connectors from the fusing unit. ( 2 from the right , 1 from the left )
3.
Remove 2 CCS screws (3 X 8) Securing the fusing unit.
4.
Remove the fusing unit.
Fusing Unit
Front side
Rear side
Figure 3-3. Fusing Unit Location
Fusing Unit
Rear Panel
Rear Cover
CCS Screws (3 X 8)
Rear Side
Figure 3-4. Fusing Unit Removal (1)
Rev. A
3-9
Disassembly and Assembly
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
CCS Screws (3 X 8)
Front Side
Fusing Unit
(viewed from the top)
Connectors
Refer to the assembly
note below.
Rear Side
Connector
Figure 3-5. Fusing Unit Removal (2)
Assembling Note
When reassembling the fusing unit, adjust the notch of the fusing unit with the shaft of the gear.
3-10
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Disassembly and Assembly
3.2.3 PWB-E Board (Power Supply Board) Removal
1.
Remove the outer covers. (Refer to Section 3.2.1.)
2.
Disconnect 5 connectors ( NC 1 to CN5) on the electrical board.
3.
Remove 6 CCS screws (3X 6) from the PWB-E Board.
4.
Remove the PWB-E Board.
PWB-E Board
C207 MAIN Board
PWB-A Board
Front side
High Voltage Supply Board
Figure 3-6. Unit Location (1)
PWB-E Board
CCS Screws (3X8)
Front Side
Figure 3-7. PWB-E Board Removal
Rev. A
3-11
Disassembly and Assembly
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
3.2.4 Main Controller Board Removal
Refer to Figure 3-6.
3.2.4.1 Shield Frame Removal
1.
Remove the outer covers. (Refer to Section 3.2.1.)
2.
Remove 15 CBS screws (3X6) securing the shield frame.
3.
Remove the shield frame.
Shield Frame
CBS Screw (3X6)
CBS Screw (3X6)
CBS Screw (3X6)
Right Side
Front Side
Figure 3-8. Shield Frame Removal
3.2.4.2 C207 MAIN Board Removal
1.
Remove the outer covers. (Refer to Section 3.2.1.)
2.
Remove the shield frame. (Refer to Section 3.2.4.1.)
3.
Remove 4 CCS screws (3X6) securing the connector panel of the C207 MAIN Board.
4.
Remove 6 CBS screws (3X8) securing the MAIN Board.
5.
Remove the C207 MAIN Board.
C207 MAIN Board
Connector Panel
CCS Screw (3X6)
CB(S)(P1) Screw
Front Side
Right Side
Figure 3-9. C207 MAIN Board Removal
3-12
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Disassembly and Assembly
3.2.5 Rear Panel Removal
1.
Remove the outer covers. (Refer to Section 3.2.1.)
2.
Remove the C207 MAIN Board. (Refer to Section 3.2.4 .)
3.
Remove the 6 CCS screws (3X6) securing the rear panel.
4.
Lift up the Rear Panel to release 2 hooks, then remove the panel. Be sure to disconnect the fan
connector from the High Voltage Supply (PWB-F) Board Unit.
Rear Panel
CCS Screw (3X6)
PWB-E Board
CN2
CCS Screw (3X6)
Fan Connector
Rear Side
3-10. Rear Panel Removal
Rev. A
3-13
Disassembly and Assembly
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
3.2.6 Transfer Unit Removal
1.
Remove the outer covers. (Refer to Section 3.2.1.)
2.
Remove the Fusing unit. (Refer to Section 3.2.2.)
3.
Remove the C207 MAIN Board. (Refer to Section 3.2.4.)
4.
Remove the rear panel. (Refer to Section 3.2.5.)
5.
Remove 1 CCB screw (3X8) securing the transfer unit.
6.
Remove the Transfer Unit by pushing aside the left frame in the direction indicated by the
arrow.
Transfer Unit
Left Frame
CCB Screw (3X8)
Refer to the figure below.
Rear Side
Figure 3-11. Transfer Unit Removal
CAUTION
Don’t touch the surface of the Transfer Roller with your bare hands.
Assembly Note
When assembling the transfer Unit, ensure that the pins on the Transfer Unit fit into the holes in
the Drive Unit.
3-14
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Disassembly and Assembly
3.2.7 High Voltage Supply (PWB-F) Board Unit Removal
Refer to Figure 3-6.
1.
Remove the outer covers. (Refer to Section 3.2.1.)
2.
Remove the Fusing Unit. (Refer to Section 3.2.2 .)
3.
Remove the C207 MAIN Board. (Refer to Section 3.2.4.)
4.
Remove the Rear Panel. (Refer to Section 3.2.5.)
5.
Remove the Transfer Unit. (Refer to Section 3.2.6.)
6.
Disconnect the CN1 of the High Voltage Supply Board Unit.
7.
Remove the CCS screw (3X8) securing the High Voltage Supply Board Unit.
8.
Remove the High Voltage Supply Board Unit.
Connector CN1
HVPS Board
CCS Screw (3X8)
Refer to the figure below..
Rear Side
Figure 3-12. High Voltage Supply Board Unit Removal
CAUTION
Never change the variable resistor volume (VR 1 to 6) on the High Voltage Supply Board.
Assembly Note
When assembling the High Voltage Supply Board, ensure that the pins on the High Voltage
Supply Board fit into the holes in the Drive Unit.
Drive Unit
Right Side
Rear Side
Rev. A
3-15
Disassembly and Assembly
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
3.2.8 Printhead Unit Removal
Front Side
Printhead Unit
Figure 3-13. Printhead Unit Location
3.2.8.1 Harness Cover Removal
1.
Remove the outer covers. (Refer to Section 3.2.1.)
2.
Remove 2 CCS screws (3X8) securing the harness cover.
CCS Screw (3X8)
Harness Cover
Printhead Unit
Figure 3-14. Harness Cover Removal
3-16
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Disassembly and Assembly
3.2.8.2 Printhead Unit Removal
1.
Remove the outer covers. (Refer to Section 3.2.1.)
2.
Remove the harness cover. (Refer to Section3.2.8.1.)
3.
Disconnect the connector (CN2) on the PWB-A Board.
4.
Remove 2 CB(S-P1) screws (3X20) and a CCS screw (3X12) securing the Printhead.
5.
Remove the Printhead.
Connector
CN2
Print heat Unit
CCS Screw (3X12)
CB(S-P1) Screw
Figure 3-15. Printhead Unit Removal
Rev. A
3-17
Disassembly and Assembly
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
3.2.9 Paper Empty Sensor Assembly Removal
1.
Remove the outer covers. (Refer to Section 3.2.1.)
2.
Remove the harness cover. (Refer to Section 3.2.8.1.)
3.
Disconnect the connectors (CN3, CN6, CN9) on the PWB-A Board.
4.
Remove 3 CCS screws (3X6) securing the Paper Empty Sensor Assembly.
5.
Remove the Paper Empty Sensor Assembly.
Detection Lever
Paper Empty Sensor Assembly
Paper Takeup Roller Unit
Front Side
Figure 3-16. Unit Location (2)
Connector cables to
CN3, 6, 9 /PWB-A
CCS Screw (3X6)
Right Side
CCS Screw (3X6)
Rear Side
Detection Lever
Paper Empty Sensor Assembly
Refer to the caution
next page.
Figure 3-17. Paper Empty Sensor Assembly Removal
3-18
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Disassembly and Assembly
CAUTION
Be careful handling the Paper Empty Sensor Assembly so the detection lever doesn’t break.
Detection Lever
Rear Side
Rev. A
3-19
Disassembly and Assembly
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
3.2.10 Paper Takeup Roller Assembly Removal
Refer to Figure 3-16.
1.
Open the top cover.
2.
Remove the Fusing Unit.
3.
Release the hooks on both edges of the the Transport guide, then remove the Transport guide.
4.
Remove 1 CB(S-P1) screw (3X8) securing the Paper Takeup Roller Assembly.
5.
Remove the Paper Takeup Roller Assembly.
Transport Guide
Front Side
Push
Hook
Figure 3-18. Transport Guide Removal
Paper Takeup Roller Assembly
CB(S)(P1) Screw (3X8)
Rear Side
Figure 3-19. Paper Takeup Roller Assembly Removal
3-20
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Disassembly and Assembly
3.2.11 Paper Takeup Roller Unit Removal
1.
Remove the outer covers. (Refer to Section 3.2.1.)
2.
Remove the Fusing Unit. (Refer to Section 3.2.2 .)
3.
Remove the Transfer Unit. (Refer to Section 3.2.6.)
4.
Remove the High Voltage Supply Board.(Refer to Section 3.2.7.)
5.
Remove the Paper Empty Sensor Assembly (Refer to Section 3.2.9.)
6.
Remove 1 CCB screw (3X8) securing the Paper Lifting Plate.
7.
Remove 1 CCS screw (3X8) securing the Paper Takeup Roller Unit
8.
Remove the Paper Lifting Plate.
9.
Remove the Paper Takeup Roller Unit.
Paper Lifting Plate
CCB Screw (3X8)
Figure 3-20. Paper Lifting Plate Removal
CAUTION
There is a spring under the paper lifting plate. Make sure that the spring won’t catch the
connector when taking out the paper lifting plate.
Paper Lifting Plate
Spring
Rev. A
3-21
Disassembly and Assembly
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Paper Takeup Roller Unit
CCS Screw (3x8)
Front Side
Refer to the figure below.
Figure 3-21. Paper Takeup Roller Removal
Assembly Note
When reinstalling the Paper Takeup Roller Unit, fit the pins on the Paper Takeup Roller into
the corresponding holes in the Drive Unit.
Paper Takeup Roller
(Right Edge)
Front Side
CAUTION
When installing or reinstalling the Paper Takeup Roller Unit, make sure that it won’t interfere
with the contact points of the Imaging cartridge.
3-22
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Disassembly and Assembly
3.2.12 Registration Roller Assembly
1.
Remove the outer covers. (Refer to Section 3.2.1.)
2.
Remove the Fusing Unit. (Refer to Section 3.2.2 .)
3.
Remove the Transfer Unit. (Refer to Section 3.2.6.)
4.
Remove the High Voltage Supply Board. (Refer to Section 3.2.7.)
5.
Remove the Paper Empty Sensor Assembly. (Refer to Section 3.2.9.)
6.
Remove the Paper Takeup Roller Unit. (Refer to Section 3.2.11.)
7.
Remove 2 CCS screws (3X8) securing Registration Roller Assembly.
8.
Remove the Registration Roller Assembly.
Registration Roller Assembly
Front Side
Drive Unit
CCS Screw (3x8)
Refer to the figure below.
Figure 3-22. Registration Roller Assembly Removal
Assembly Note
When reinstalling the Registration Roller Assembly , fit the pins on the Registration Roller
Assembly into the corresponding holes in the Drive Unit.
Drive Unit
Registration Roller Assembly
(Right Edge)
Front Side
Rev. A
3-23
Disassembly and Assembly
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
3.2.13 PWB-A Board Unit Removal
Refer to Figure 3-6.
1.
Remove the outer covers. (Refer to Section 3.2.1.)
2.
Remove the Fusing Unit. (Refer to Section 3.2.2 .)
3.
Remove the C207 MAIN Board. (Refer to Section 3.2.4.)
4.
Remove 2 CCS screws (3X6) securing the PWB-A Board Unit.
5.
Remove the PWB-A Board Unit.
PWB-A Board
Drive Unit
Front Side
Right Side
CCS Screw (3X6)
CCS Screw (3X6)
Figure 3-23. PWB-A Board Unit Removal
Assembly Note
When assembling the PWB-A Board Unit, be suer to adjust it to the slots in the Drive Unit.
3-24
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Disassembly and Assembly
3.2.14 Drive Unit Removal
1.
Remove the outer covers. (Refer to Section 3.2.1.)
2.
Remove the Fusing Unit. (Refer to Section 3.2.2.)
3.
Remove the C207 MAIN Board. (Refer to Section 3.2.4.)
4.
Remove the Rear Panel. (Refer to Section 3.2.5.)
5.
Remove the Transfer Unit. (Refer to Section 3.2.6.)
6.
Remove the High Voltage Supply Board.(Refer to Section 3.2.7.)
7.
Remove the Printhead Unit (Refer to Section 3.2.8.)
8.
Remove the Paper Empty Sensor Assembly (Refer to Section 3.2.9.)
9.
Remove the Paper Takeup Roller Unit. (Refer to Section 3.2.11.)
10. Remove the Registration Roller Assembly. (Refer to Section 3.2.12.)
11. Remove the PWB-A Board. (Refer to Section 3.2.13.)
12. Remove 5 CCS screws (3X6) securing the Drive Unit.
13. Remove the Drive Unit.
Front Side
Drive Unit
Figure 3-24. Drive Unit Location
Drive Unit
PWB-E Board
CCS SCrw (3X6)
Front Side
Right Side
Figure 3-25. Drive Unit Removal
Rev. A
3-25
Disassembly and Assembly
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Figure 3-26. Drive Unit Gear Engagement
3-26
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Disassembly and Assembly
3.2.15 Heater Lamp Removal
3.2.15.1 Left Fusing Lamp Cover Removal
1.
Remove the outer covers. (Refer to Section 3.2.1.)
2.
Remove the Fusing Unit. (Refer to Section 3.2.2 .)
3.
Remove 1 CCS screw (3X8) securing Left Fusing Lamp Cover.
4.
Remove the Left Fusing Lamp Cover by turning it in clockwise direction.
Fusing Unit
(Viewed from the Left Edge)
Left Fusing Lamp Cover
Rea Side
Left Side
CCS Screw (3X8)
Figure 3-27. Left Fusing Lamp Cover Removal
3.2.15.2 Right Fusing Lamp Cover Removal
1.
Remove CCB screw (3X8) securing the Right Fusing Lamp Cover.
2.
Slide the Right Fusing Lamp Cover to the right to release the fitting, then remove it.
Fusing Unit
(Viewed from the Right Edge)
Right Fusing Lamp Cover
Fitting
Front Side
Right Side
CCB Screw (3X8)
Figure 3-28. Right Fusing Lamp Cover Removal
Rev. A
3-27
Disassembly and Assembly
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
3.2.15.3 Heater Lamp Removal
1.
Release the heater lamp as shown (A) in Figure 3-30.
2.
Remove the Heater Lamp from the Fusing Unit.
Fusing Roller
Heater Lamp
Actuator
Thermistor
Thermoatat
Upper Fusing Roller
Lower Fusin Roller
Paper Exit Sensor
Rear Side
Figure 3-29. Unit Location (3)
(A)
Fusing Unit
Heater Lamp
(1)
Push
(2)
Rear Side
Figure 3-30. Heater Lamp Removal
CAUTION
❏ Be careful not to break the tube lamp when handling it.
❏ Don’t touch the glass part of the tube lamp with your bare hands.
3-28
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Disassembly and Assembly
Assembly Note
Note the direction in which the Heater Lamp is installed. Make sure that the lamp edge with the
voltage mark on it is set to the right side of the Fusing Unit.
Fusing Unit
(Right edge)
Voltage Mark
XV
Heater Lamp
Rev. A
3-29
Disassembly and Assembly
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
3.2.16 Paper Exit Sensor Removal
Refer to Figure 3-29.
1.
Remove the outer covers. (Refer to Section 3.2.1.)
2.
Remove the Fusing Unit. (Refer to Section 3.2.2 .)
3.
Disconnect the connector for the Paper Exit Sensor.
4.
Remove the Paper Exit Sensor.
5.
Remove the actuator spring.
6.
Slide the actuator in the direction indicated by the arrow, then remove it.
Actuator, Spring
Fusing Unit
Connector
Rear Side
Paper Exit Sensor
Actuator
Spring
Slide
Figure 3-31. Paper Exit Sensor Removal
3-30
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Disassembly and Assembly
3.2.17 Lower Fusing Roller Removal
Refer to Figure 3-29.
1.
Remove the outer covers. (Refer to Section 3.2.1.)
2.
Remove the Fusing Unit. (Refer to Section 3.2.2 .)
3.
Remove 2 CCS screws (3X10) securing the rear fusing cover.
4.
Push the lock stoppers indicated by the arrow.
5.
Remove the rear fusing cover.
6.
Remove the Lower Fusing Roller.
Lower Fusing Roller
Lock Stopper
Bushing
Lock Stopper
Rear Fusing Cover
CCS Screw (3X10)
Bushing
Rear Side
CCS Screw (3X10)
Figure 3-32. Lower Fusing Roller Removal
CAUTION
When removing and installing the rear fusing cover, be careful not to bend the contact spring.
Rev. A
3-31
Disassembly and Assembly
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
3.2.18 Separator Removal
1.
Remove the outer covers. (Refer to Section 3.2.1.)
2.
Remove the Fusing Unit. (Refer to Section 3.2.2 .)
3.
Remove the Lower Fusing Roller.
4.
Remove the springs that secure the separators to the hooks.
5.
Slide the separating rolls, and remove them from the separators.
6.
Remove the stoppers.
7.
Slide and raise the separators to a right angle, and pull them upward to remove.
Separator
Upper Fusing Roller
Hook
Separating Roll
Spring
Stopper
Separator
Shorter
Upper Fusing Roller
Longer
Figure 3-33. Separator Removal
Assembly Note
Note the direction in which the stoppers are placed. The 3 stoppers on the right face in the
opposite direction to the 3 on the left.
3-32
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Disassembly and Assembly
3.2.19 Thermistor Removal
Refer to Figure 3-29.
1.
Remove the outer covers. (Refer to Section 3.2.1.)
2.
Remove the Fusing Unit. (Refer to Section 3.2.2 .)
3.
Remove the Heater Lamp. (Refer to Section 3.2.15.)
4.
Remove the Lower Fusing Roller. (Refer to Section 3.2.17.)
5.
Remove 2 shoulder screws securing the front fusing cover.
6.
Remove the front fusing cover.
7.
Remove CPS screw (3X10) securing the thermistor.
8.
Remove the thermistor.
Shoulder Screw
CPS Scrw (3X10)
Shoulder Screw
Front Fusing Cover
Thermistor
Rear Side
Figure 3-34. Thermistor Removal
Rev. A
3-33
Disassembly and Assembly
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
3.2.20 Thermostat Removal
Refer to Figure 3-29.
1.
Remove the outer covers. (Refer to Section 3.2.1.)
2.
Remove the Fusing Unit. (Refer to Section 3.2.2 .)
3.
Remove the Heater Lamp. (Refer to Section 3.2.15.)
4.
Remove the Lower Fusing Roller. (Refer to Section 3.2.17.)
5.
Remove the front fusing cover. (Refer to Section 3.2.19.)
6.
Remove 2 CB(S-P1) screws (3X6) securing the thermostat.
7
Remove the thermostat.
Thermostat
Front Fusing Cover
CB(S)(P1) Screw (3X6)
Rear Side
Figure 3-35. Thermostat Removal
3-34
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Disassembly and Assembly
3.2.21 Upper Fusing Roller Removal
Refer to Figure 3-29.
1.
Remove the outer covers. (Refer to Section 3.2.1.)
2.
Remove the Fusing Unit. (Refer to Section 3.2.2 .)
3.
Remove the Heater Lamp. (Refer to Section 3.2.15.)
4.
Remove the Lower Fusing Roller. (Refer to Section 3.2.17.)
5.
Remove the front fusing cover. (Refer to Section 3.2.19.)
6.
Remove 2 G rings from the right and left edges.
7.
Remove the gear, ring, and bushings.
8.
Slide the Upper Fusing Roller to the gear side and remove it.
Bushing
Ring
Gear
G-ring
Upper Fusing Roller
Figure 3-36. Upper Fusing Roller Removal
Rev. A
3-35
Disassembly and Assembly
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
3.2.22 Main Motor Removal
1.
Remove the Drive Unit. (Refer to Section 3.2.15.)
2.
Remove 3 CCB screws (3X8) securing the frame inside the Drive Unit.
3.
Remove 2 CCS screws (3X6) securing the right frame outside the Drive Unit.
4.
Remove the frames.
5.
Remove 4 CCS screws (3X6) securing the main motor inside the Drive Unit.
6.
Remove the main motor.
Drive Unit
(Inside)
CCB Screw (3X8)
Frame
Front Side
CCB Screw (3X8)
Figure 3-37. Main Motor Removal (1)
Drive Unit
(outside)
Right Frame
CCS Screw (3X6)
Front Side
CCS Screw (3X6)
Figure 3-38. Main Motor Removal (2)
3-36
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Disassembly and Assembly
3.2.23 Interlock Switch Removal
1.
Remove the main motor. (Refer to Section 3.2.22.)
2.
Remove the E ring for the right frame.
3.
Remove 10 CCB screws (3X8) securing the right frame.
4.
Remove the right frame.
5.
Remove 2 CB(S-P1) screws securing the interlock switch, along with the bracket.
Drive Unit (outside)
CCB Screw (3X8)
Refer to the
figure below.
Right Frame
CB(S-P1) screw
CCB Screw (3X8)
Front Side
E-ring
CCB Screw (3X8)
Figure 3-39. Interlock Switch Removal (1)
Interlock Switch
CB(S-P1) Screw
Figure 3-40. Interlock Switch Removal (2)
Rev. A
3-37
Disassembly and Assembly
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
3.2.24 Paper Takeup Solenoid Removal
1.
Remove the right frame for the Drive Unit. (Refer to Section 3.2.23.)
2.
Remove CCB screw (3X8) securing the solenoid.
3.
Remove the solenoid.
Drive Unit
(Inside)
Right Frame
Front Side
Solenoid
(Refer to the figure below.)
Figure 3-41. Paper Takeup Solenoid Removal (1)
CCB Screw (3X8)
Figure 3-42. Paper Takeup Solenoid Removal
3-38
Rev. A
Chapter 4 Adjustment
No adjustment is required in this product.
CHAPTER 5 TROUBLESHOOTING
Table of Contents
5.1 Overview
5-1
5.2 Self Diagnostic Function
5-1
5.3 Troubleshooting
5-3
5.3.1 Troubleshooting Abnormal Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
5.3.2 Troubleshooting Print Quality Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
List of Tables
Table 5-1.
Table 5-2.
Table 5-3.
Table 5-4.
Table 5-5.
Table 5-6.
Table 5-7.
Table 5-8.
Table 5-9.
Table 5-10.
Table 5-11.
Table 5-12.
Table 5-13.
Table 5-14.
Table 5-15.
Table 5-16.
Table 5-17.
Table 5-18.
Table 5-19.
Table 5-20.
Table 5-21.
Table 5-22.
Table 5-23.
Table 5-24.
Service Call Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Symptoms and Reference Tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
The Printer Does Not Operate At All . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
RAM Check Is Not Started . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
The LCD Displays Printer Open. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
The LCD Displays Paper Out. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
The LCD Displays Paper Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
The LCD Displays Feed Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
The LCD Displays Toner Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
The LCD Displays Write Error Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
The LCD Displays Sevice Req. E0003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
The LCD Displays Sevice Req. E0004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
The LCD Displays Sevice Req. E0005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
The LCD Displays Sevice Req. E0006/0009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
The LCD Displays Sevice Req. E0014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
The LCD Displays Sevice Req. C1000/1001/1002 . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
The LCD Displays Sevice Req. C1003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
The LCD Displays Sevice Req. C1100/1101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
The LCD Displays Sevice Req. C1120/1121/1122/1123. . . . . . . . 5-9
The LCD Displays Sevice Req. C1180 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
The LCD Displays Sevice Req. C1200/1210 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
The LCD Displays Sevice Req. C1400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
The LCD Displays Other Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Print Quality Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Troubleshooting
5-2
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Troubleshooting
5.1 OVERVIEW
Types of errors that may produce a similar symptom in a page printer, such as poor print quality or
abnormal operation, vary widely, making identification of failed parts and components more
difficult. To overcome such problems for this printer, this section describes troubleshooting
procedures using the printer’s built-in self-diagnostic function for easy and efficient repair.
5.2 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
This printer’s control circuit is equipped with a self-diagnostic function that checks the operating
conditions for each component. If the printer detects an error that a user cannot recover from, the
printer displays the location and error code on the LCD panel. The message is as follows:
Service Req effff
In the message above, e represents the error type and ffff represents the error code. Errors are
divided into two categories: E and C.
❏ E: Related to the engine.
❏ C: Related to the controller.
Table 5-1 lists error types and error codes.
Table 5-1. Service Call Error
Error Type
Rev. A
Error Code
Description
E
0003
0004
0005
0006
0009
0014
Fusing unit error
Main motor error
Fan motor error
Polygon motor or laser scanner error
Laser diode error
Engine communication error
C
0001
0002
0003
0004
0007
0009
0010
0017 to 0031
0036
0128 to 0254
0255
1000
1001
1002
1003
1100
1101
1120
1121
1122
1123
1170
1180
CPU error (Reserved)
CPU error (Privilege violation)
CPU error (Illegal instruction)
CPU error (Unsupported FPU instruction)
CPU error (Address misalignment)
CPU error (Reserved)
CPU error (Tag overflow)
CPU error (Unsupported interrupt)
CPU error (Unsupported coprocessor instruction)
CPU error (Unimplemented instruction)
CPU error (Break error)
Standard RAM error (RAM not recognized)
Standard RAM error (Minimum stack unrecognized)
Standard RAM error (Memory address less than 4MB )
Optional RAM error (Memory address 4MB or more)
ROM checksum error (bit 0 to 15, font)
ROM checksum error (bit 16 to 31, font)
ROM checksum error (bit 0 to 7, program)
ROM checksum error (bit 8 to 15, program)
ROM checksum error (bit 16 to 23, program)
ROM checksum error (bit 24 to 31, program)
NLSP Font ROM checksum error
Optional ROM SIMM checksum error
5-1
Troubleshooting
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Table 5-1. Service Call Error (Continued)
Error Type
C
A, B, D, F to Z
5-2
Error Code
Description
1190
1200
1210
1300
1320
1400
1999
2000
Cartridge access error
EEPROM write error
EEPROM write counter overflow
Type B Interface error
LocalTalk / Serial module error
Engine initialization error
Hardware error
Software error
XXXX
Software error
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Troubleshooting
5.3 TROUBLESHOOTING
This section describes troubleshooting abnormal operations and print quality problems.
5.3.1 Troubleshooting Abnormal Operations
When the printer detects an error, use Table 5-2 to identify the symptom and the reference table
number. If a service call error has occurred, follow the steps below before taking an action.
1.
Note the error code.
2.
Turn off the printer.
3.
Turn the printer back on to see if the same message still appears.
Table 5-2. Symptoms and Reference Tables
Rev. A
5-3
Troubleshooting
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Symptom
Message
The printer does not
operate at all.
Printer Condition
The main motor does not rotate when the printer is on.
Threrefore, the RAM check is not started.
Reference
Table
5-3
RAM check does not start. RAM check is not started when the printer is turned on.
5-4
"Printer Open"
The paper cover is closed, but the LCD still displays "Printer
Open."
5-5
"Paper Out"
Paper is loaded, but the LCD displays "Paper Out."
5-6
"Paper Jam"
The LCD panel displays "Paper Jam" at power on or when
paper is loaded.
5-7
"Feed Jam"
The LCD displays "Feed Jam" when the MP tray is used.
The LCD displays "Feed Jam" when the standard lower
paper cassette is used.
5-8
The LCD displays "Feed Jam" when the optional lower paper
cassette is used.
"Toner Out"
The LCD displays "Toner Out" when a new Imaging
cartridge is installed.
5-9
"Write Error Card"
The LCD displays "Write Error Card" when an IC card is
inserted.
5-10
"Service Req XXXX"
XXXX = "E0003" Fusing unit error
5-11
XXXX = "E0004" Main motor error
5-12
XXXX = "E0005" Fan motor error
5-13
XXXX = "E0006" Polygon motor or laser scanner error
5-14
XXXX = "E0009" Laser diode error
5-14
XXXX = "E0014" Engine communication error
5-15
XXXX = "C1000/1001/1002"
5-16
XXXX = "C1003"
5-17
XXXX = "C1100/1101"
5-18
XXXX = "C1120/1121/1122/1123"
5-19
XXXX = "C1180"
5-20
XXXX = "C1200/1210"
5-21
XXXX = "C1400"
5-22
XXXX = "Other errors"
5-23
5-4
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Troubleshooting
Table 5-3. The Printer Does Not Operate at All
Step
Cause
Checkpoint
Finding
Solution
1
Connector CN4 on the
Is the cable from the PWB-E Board
PWB-A board may not be properly connected?
connected properly.
Yes
Connect the cable
properly.
2
The fuse on the PWB-E
board has blown.
Yes
Replace the fuse.
3
Connector CN4 on the
Is the cable from the PWB-A board
PWB-E board may not be properly connected?
properly connected.
Yes
Connect the cable
properly.
4
The PWB-E board may
be bad.
When turning on the printer, check
the output between pin 7 (+) and
pin 5 (–) of CN4 on the PWB-A
board. Is the output HIGH?
No
Replace the
PWB-E board.
5
The PWB-A board may
be bad.
---
---
Replace the
PWB-A board.
Has fuse F2 on the PWB-E board
blown?
Table 5-4. RAM Check is Not Started
Step
Cause
Checkpoint
1
C207 MAIN board may
be bad.
Is a RAM check performed when
the main board is replaced?
2
The control panel may be --bad.
Finding
Solution
Yes
Replace the main
board.
---
Replace the
panel.
Table 5-5. The LCD Displays "Printer Open"
Step
Cause
Checkpoint
1
The interlock switch and
the top cover do not
engage securely.
2
The interlock switch may 1.
be bad.
2.
Is the interlock switch lever pressed No
when the top cover is closed?
3.
3
Finding
Disconnect connector CN3 on
No
the PWB-E board.
Place a meter on the connector
on the interlock switch side.
Alternate the switch on and off.
Is the current detected?
PWB-E board may be bad. Check the output of test pin TP2 on No
the PWB-A board. Is the output +24
V?
Rev. A
Solution
Reposition the
interlock switch .
Replace the
interlock switch.
Replace the
PWB-E board.
5-5
Troubleshooting
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Table 5-6. The LCD Displays "Paper Out"
Step
Cause
Checkpoint
Finding
Solution
1
The paper empty sensor
actuator may be bad.
Does the sensor operate smoothly?
Is the actuator in good condition?
No
Reposition the
actuator or
replace it.
2
The paper empty sensor
may be bad.
Check the outputs of pin 7 of
CN6 on the PWB-A board.
Correct levels:
HIGH: No paper is loaded.
LOW: Paper is loaded.
Are the outputs correct?
No
Replace the PE1
sensor.
Table 5-7. The LCD Displays "Paper Jam"
Step
Cause
Checkpoint
Finding
Solution
1
The actuator for the
paper takeup sensor,
paper exit sensor, or the
registration sensor may
be bad.
Are those actuators properly
positioned?
2
The paper takeup sensor,
paper exit sensor, or the
registration sensor may
not be connected
properly.
Are the cables connected properly
No
to the takeup sensor connector,
paper exit sensor connector, and the
registration sensor connector?
Reconnect the
sensor properly.
3
The paper takeup sensor
may be bad.
Check the outputs of pin 6 of CN10
against pin 4 on the PWB-A board.
Correct levels:
HIGH: No paper is loaded.
LOW: Paper is loaded.
Are the outputs correct?
No
Replace the
paper takeup
sensor.
4
The paper exit sensor
may be bad.
Check the outputs of pin 3 of CN13
against pin 1 on the PWB-A board.
Correct levels:
HIGH: No paper is loaded.
LOW: Paper is loaded.
Are the outputs correct?
No
Replace the
paper exit sensor.
5
The registration sensor
may be bad.
Check the outputs of pin 5 of CN10
against pin 1 on the PWB-A board.
Correct levels:
HIGH: No paper is loaded.
LOW: Paper is loaded.
Are the outputs correct?
No
Replace the
registration
sensor.
5-6
No
Reinstall the
actuators in the
correct positions.
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Troubleshooting
Table 5-8. The LCD Displays "Feed Jam"
Step
Cause
Checkpoint
Finding
Solution
1
The main motor may be
bad.
When turning on the printer, check No
the output of pin 2 of CN5 on the
PWB-A board. Is the output HIGH?
Replace the main
motor.
2
Paper takeup solenoid
may be bad.
If the paper takeup solenoid does
not turn, disconnect the cable from
connector CN12 on the PWB-A
board and check the coil resistance
(at 20° C, 68 F)
Is the resistance 80 W ± 10% ?
No
Replace the
pickup solenoid
(feed solenoid).
If the solenoid coil is shorted, check No
the current between pin 2 of CN12
on the PWB-A board and GND. Is
any current detected?
Replace the
paper takeup
solenoid and the
PWB-A board.
Is paper taken up normally
(without slipping)?
Clean the paper
takeup assembly,
or replace it.
3
The paper takeup roller
assembly may be bad.
No
Table 5-9. The LCD Displays "Toner Out"
Step
1
Cause
The toner in the Imaging
cartridge has run out.
Checkpoint
---
Finding
---
Solution
Replace the
Imaging
cartridge.
Table 5-10. The LCD Displays "Write Error Card"
Step
Cause
Checkpoint
Finding
Solution
1
The installed IC card may Can this printer use the installed IC
be illegal.
card? (Refer to Table 1-1 in Chapter
1.)
No
Remove the
illegal card.
2
The installed IC card may Does the printer recognize another
be dead.
legal card ?
Yes
Replace the IC
card.
3
C207 MAIN board may
be bad.
No
Replace the
C207 MAIN
board.
Rev. A
Install an IC card that works with
another EPL-N2000. Does the
printer recognize the card?
5-7
Troubleshooting
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Table 5-11. The LCD Displays "Service Req. E0003"
Step
Cause
Checkpoint
Finding
Solution
1
The connector may be
connected improperly.
Is CN2 on the PWB-E board
properly connected ?
No
Connect it
properly.
2
The thermistor may be
bad.
Is operation OK when the
thermistor is replaced?
Yes
Replace the
thermistor.
3
The heater lamp may be
bad.
Turn the printer on when the fusing No
unit is cold. Does the heater lamp
light up ?
Replace the
heater lamp.
4
The thermostat may be
bad.
Check the thermostat current at
normal temperature. Is a current
detected?
Replace the
thermostat.
No
Table 5-12. The LCD Displays "Service Req. E0004"
Step
Cause
Checkpoint
Finding
Solution
1
The connector may be
connected improperly.
Is connector CN5 on the PWB-A
board properly connected?
No
Connect it
properly.
2
The main motor may be
bad.
Replace the main motor. Is
operation OK?
Yes
Replace the main
motor.
3
The PWB-E board may
be bad.
---
---
Replace the
PWB-A board
Table 5-13. The LCD Displays SERVICE REQ. E0005
Step
Cause
Checkpoint
Finding
Solution
1
The connector may be
connected improperly.
Are connectors CN5 and CN12
(relay connectors) on the PWB-A
board properly connected?
Is connector CN2 on the PWB-F
board properly connected?
No
Connect them
properly.
2
The PWB-E/ PWB-F
board may be bad.
Does the power supply fan rotate if
the PWB-E board is replaced?
Does the fusing fan rotate if the
PWB-F board is replaced?
Yes
Replace the
PWB-E board or
PWB-F board.
3
The PWB-A board may
be bad.
---
---
Replace the
PWB-A board.
5-8
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Troubleshooting
Table 5-14. The LCD Displays SERVICE REQ. E0006/0009
Step
Cause
Checkpoint
Finding
Solution
1
The connectors may be
connected improperly.
Are the connectors on the PWB-A
board properly connected?
No
Connect them
properly.
2
The PWB-A board may
be bad.
Is operation OK when the PWB-A
board is replaced?
Yes
Replace the
PWB-A board.
3
The print head may be
bad.
Is operation OK when the print
head is replaced?
Yes
Replace the
print head unit.
Table 5-15. The LCD Displays SERVICE REQ. E0014
Step
Cause
Checkpoint
Finding
Solution
1
The connectors may be
connected improperly.
Are the connectors on the C207
MAIN board properly connected?
No
Connect them
properly.
2
C207 MAIN board may
be bad.
Is operation OK when the C207
MAIN board is replaced?
Yes
Replace the
main board.
Table 5-16. The LCD Displays SERVICE REQ. C1000/1001/1002
Step
1
Cause
C207 MAIN board may
be bad.
Checkpoint
---
Finding
---
Solution
Replace the main
board.
Table 5-17. The LCD Displays SERVICE REQ. C1003
Step
Cause
Checkpoint
Finding
Solution
1
The optional RAM SIMM Is the error cleared when the
may be bad.
optional RAM is removed?
Yes
Replace it.
2
C207 MAIN board may
be bad.
---
Replace the
main board.
---
Table 5-18. The LCD Displays "Service Req. C1100/1101"
Step
Cause
Checkpoint
Finding
Solution
1
The CG ROM may be
bad.
Is operation OK when the CG ROM Yes
is replaced?
C1100: Replace IC32
C1101: Replace IC31
Replace the ROM.
2
C207 MAIN board may
be bad.
---
Replace the
main board.
Rev. A
---
5-9
Troubleshooting
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Table 5-19. The LCD Displays SERVICE REQ. C1120/1121/1122/1123
Step
Cause
Checkpoint
Finding
Solution
1
The PROG ROM may be
bad.
Is operation OK when the PROG
ROM is replaced?
C1120: Replace IC30
C1121: Replace IC30
C1122: Replace IC29
C1123: Replace IC29
Yes
Replace the ROM
(IC29/30).
If ICs 1, 2, 3, and
4 are attached,
replace them
instead.
2
C207 MAIN board may
be bad.
---
---
Replace the
main board.
Table 5-20 The LCD Displays "Service Req. C1180"
Step
Cause
Checkpoint
Finding
Solution
1
The optional ROM SIMM Is operation OK when the ROM
may be bad.
SIMM is replaced?
Yes
Replace the ROM
SIMM.
2
C207 MAIN board may
be bad.
---
Replace the
main board.
---
Table 5-21. The LCD Displays "Service Req. C1200/1210"
Step
Cause
Checkpoint
Finding
Solution
1
The EEPROM may be
bad.
Perform EEPROM initialization.
(Note that the information
including the page counter will be
lost.) Is operation OK?
Yes
Replace the
EEPROM.
2
C207 MAIN board may
be bad.
---
---
Replace the
main board.
Table 5-22. The LCD Displays "Service Req. C1400"
Step
1
Cause
C207 MAIN board may
be bad.
Checkpoint
Is operation OK when the main
board is replaced?
Finding
Yes
Solution
Replace the
main board.
Table 5-23. The LCD Displays Other Error Codes
Step
1
5-10
Cause
C207 MAIN board may
be bad.
Checkpoint
Is operation OK when the main
board is replaced?
Finding
Yes
Solution
Replace the
main board.
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Troubleshooting
5.3.2 Troubleshooting Print Quality Problems
This section describes how to isolate print quality problems from their possible causes and remedy
them, as shown in Table 5-24.
Table 5-24. Print Quality Problems
Symptom
Black/white lines (vertical)
Horizontal lines
Possible Cause
Solution
Dust, lint in the print head unit Clean the print head unit
(white lines)
window.
Replace the print head unit.
Dust, lint in the transfer roller
(white lines)
Clean the transfer roller.
Scratches on the PC drum
(black lines)
Replace the Imaging cartridge.
Low main charge voltage
(black lines)
Replace high voltage power
supply and check contacts.
Dust on the gears
Remove the dust. Replace the
drive unit.
Uneven rotation of the polygon Replace the print head unit.
motor
Low image density
Rev. A
Low development bias
Replace the high-voltage unit
(PWB-F).
Adjust the density by SelecType.
Toner empty
Replace the Imaging cartridge.
5-11
Troubleshooting
Foggy background
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
High development bias
Replace the high-voltage unit
(PWB-F).
End of PC drum life
Replace the Imaging cartridge.
Table 5-24. Print Quality Problems
Symptom
No image printed
(Blank /completely black )
Possible Cause
High development bias
Solution
Replace the high-voltage unit
(PWB-E). Replace the Imaging
cartridge.
Low development bias
Offset image
5-12
Improper transfer
Clean the transfer unit or the
fusing unit.
The fusing roller does not grip
paper properly.
Wipe the dust off the fusing
roller.
Rev. A
CHAPTER 6 MAINTENANCE
Table of Contents
6.1 Maintenance
6-1
6.1.1 User Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
6.1.2 Service Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
List of Tables
Table 6-1. Instructions for User Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Table 6-2. Instructions for Service Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Maintenance
6.1 MAINTENANCE
This section gives information necessary for maintaining the printer in its optimum condition.
Appropriate maintenance after troubleshooting, as well as after the occasional replacement of worn
out units, is essential to prevent potential problems from occurring.
Maintenance items described in this section are divided into two subsections: user maintenance
and service maintenance (performed only by qualified repair personnel).
6.1.1 User Maintenance
Users can achieve maximum print quality from the printer by following the instructions in Table
6-1.
Table 6-1. Instructions for User Maintenance
Item
Occasion
Procedure
Clean the printhead unit
glass
Abnormal symptom such as
vertical lines appear.
Clean the glass surface with a
dry, soft cloth.
Imaging cartridge
replacement
Print quality has deteriorated or Replace the Imaging cartridge.
the total number of printed
pages exceeds the specified
maximum (Approximately
8,000 to 10,000 sheets).
6.1.2 Service Maintenance
The EPSON EPL-N2000 does not require any replacement of units at specified intervals. It is,
however, recommended that specific units be replaced after periods determined by the total
number of sheets printed. This is indispensable in preventing abnormal operations, such as
multi-sheet feeds, paper jams, and fusing malfunctions, which can be often caused by worn out
units. Refer to Table 6-2 for guidance.
Table 6-2. Instructions for Service Maintenance
Unit
Printable number of sheets
The fusing unit
Approximately 60,000 to120,000 sheets
The paper takeup roller assembly
Approximately 120,000 sheets
The transfer unit
Approximately 60,000 to 120,000 sheets
❏ If dirt sticks, use a moist cloth, and then clean with a dry cloth.
❏ Do not use solvents, such as thinner and alcohol.
❏ Never touch the surface of the transfer roller. When it needs cleaning, run blank prints
repeatedly. Otherwise, remove the transfer unit and blow off the dust using an air gun.
Rev. A
6-1
Appendix
Table of Contents
A.1 Connector Pin Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
A.1.1 Engine Controller Board (PWB-A Board) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4
A.1.2 Video Controller Board (C207 MAIN Board) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-7
A.2 Exploded Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-18
A3 Circuit Board component Layout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-29
A4 Circuit Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-32
List of Tables
Table A-1. PWB-A Board Connector Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
Table A-2. C207 MAIN Board Connector Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3
Table A-3. PWB-A, C207 MAIN Board CN1 (Video I/F). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4
Table A-4. PWB-A CN2 (Printhead Unit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4
Table A-5. PWB-A CN3 (Paper Near Empty Sensor: PNE1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4
Table A-6. PWB-A CN4 (PWB-E). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-5
Table A-7. PWB-A CN5 (Main Motor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-5
Table A-8. PWB-A CN6 (Toner Empty Sensor: PE1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-5
Table A-9. PWB-A CN8 (Paper Cassette Unit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-5
Table A-10. PWB-A CN9 (Imaging Cartridge Fuse). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-6
Table A-11. PWB-A CN10 (PWB-F). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-6
Table A-12. PWB-A CN11 (Duplex Unit: Option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-6
Table A-13. PWB-A CN12 (Paper Solenoid: SL1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-6
Table A-14. PWB-A CN13
(Paper Exit Sensor, Thermistor, Registration Clutch) . . . . . . . . . . A-7
Table A-15. C207 MAIN Board CN4 (Type B Interface) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-7
Table A-16. C207 MAIN Board CN5 (I/O Bus) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-8
Table A-17. C207 MAIN Board CN7 (CPU Bus) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-9
Table A-18. C207 MAIN Board CN9 ,CN10 (RAM-SIMM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-10
Table A-19. C207 MAIN Board CN11 (ROM Bus) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-12
Table A-20. C207 MAIN Board CN12 (ROM-SIMM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-14
Table A-21. C207 MAIN Board CN14 (IC Card Slot) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-16
Table A-22. C207 MAIN Board CN15 (Control Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-17
List of Figures
Figure A-1. Main Controller Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
Figure A-2. Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-18
Figure A-3. Frames. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-19
Figure A-4. Paper Takeup Section (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-20
Figure A-5. Paper Takeup Section (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-21
Figure A-6. Drive Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-22
Figure A-7. Transfer Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-23
Figure A-8. Fusing Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-24
Figure A-9. Paper Cassette Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-25
Figure A-10. Lower Paper Cassette (Standard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-26
Figure A-11. Lower Paper Cassette (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-27
Figure A-12. Optional Duplex Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-28
Figure A-13. C202 MAIN Board Component Layout (Front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-29
Figure A-14. C202 MAIN Board Component Layout (Rear). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-30
Figure A-15. C202 MAIN Board PROG Component Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-31
Figure A-16. C207 MAIN Board (CPU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure A-17. C207 MAIN Board (ROM/ROM-SIMM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure A-18. C207 MAIN Board (RAM/RAM-SIMM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure A-19. C207 MAIN Board (Interface) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure A-20. C207 MAIN Board (Video I/F) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure A-21. C207 MAIN Board (MISC>) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure A-22. C207 PROG Board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A-32
A-33
A-34
A-35
A-36
A-37
A-38
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Appendix
A.1 CONNECTOR PIN ASSIGNMENTS
Figures A-1 illustrates the interconnection of the main controller board.
Power Supply
Fun Motor
Interlock
Switch
M4
Fusing Unit
CN5
Heater Lamp
CN3
CN2 PWB-E
Power Supply Board CN1
Thermostat TS1
Power
Switch
CN4
Thermistor TE1
Duplex Unit (Optional)
Paper Exit
Sensor PC 3
CN4
Duplex Controller
Board
CN13
CN11
Transfer
Unit
Cover Switch
PC4
Paper Takeup
Sensor (PC1)
S3
Paper Cassette
Unit
CN1
CN2
M5 Transport Motor
CN3
Duplex Sensor
PWB-A
Engine Controller
Board
PWB-F
High Voltage Unit
Imaging
Cartridge
M3
M6 Switchback Motor
PWB-B
Registration
Clutch CL 1
CN10
Paper Size
Switch
Registation
Sensor(PCR 1)
CN8
Fusing Fan
Motor
CN2
Optional
Cassette
Unit
CN1
Paper Empty Sensor(PE2)
M1 CN1
Paper Near Empty Sensor (PNE2)
CN5
Main Motor
PWB-C
CN3
CN12
Paper Takeup
Solenoid (SL1)
PWB-G
Paper Takeup
Solenoid (SL2)
CN3
Paper Near Empty
Print Head Unit
CN6
Toner Empty
Sensor (TE1)
PWB-D
CN9
Imaging Cartridge
Part Fuse
Paper Empty Sensor
Laser Diode Board
M2
CN2
Polygon Motor
CN1
CPU bus
CN1
Parallel B I/F
CN2
CN9
Parallel C I/F
Network I/F
CN7
RAM-SIMM A
CN11
CN3
CN10 RAM-SIMM B
CN6
IC Card A
CN15
Control Panel
CN8
Emulator bus
I/O bus
CN5
CN12 ROM-SIMM
N-BUS
Flash RAM Socket
Type-B Slot
CN14
ROM bus
CN13
CN4
C207 MAIN Board
Figure A-1. Main Controller Diagram
Rev. A
A-1
Appendix
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Table A-1. PWB-A Board Connector Specifications
Connector
A-2
Description
Pins
Reference
Tables
CN1
C207 MAIN board
20
A-2
CN2
Printhead unit
12
A-4
CN3
Paper near empty sensor (PNE1)
3
A-5
CN4
Power supply board (PWB-E board)
8
A-6
CN5
Main motor
4
A-7
CN6
Toner empty sensor (TE1)
Paper empty sensor (PE1)
7
A-8
CN7
Not used
—
—
CN8
Cassette unit
10
A-9
CN9
Imaging cartridge part fuse
2
A-10
CN10
High voltage unit (PWB-F)
11
A-11
CN11
Duplex unit (optional)
12
A-12
CN12
Paper takeup solenoid
2
A-13
CN13
Paper exit sensor, thermistor,
registration clutch
7
A-14
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Appendix
Table A-2. C207 MAIN Board Connector Specifications
Connector
Rev. A
Description
Pins
Reference
Tables
CN1
Video interface (to PWB-A board)
20
A-3
CN2
IEEE 1284 interface (B connector)
36
1-11 (Chapter 1)
CN3
IEEE 1284 interface (C connector)
36
1-13 (Chapter 1)
CN4
Type-B interface
36
A-15
CN5
I / O bus
40
A-16
CN6
Network interface
8
1-15 (Chapter 1)
CN7
CPU bus
40
A-17
CN9
RAM-SIMM 2
72
A-18
CN10
RAM-SIMM 1
72
A-18
CN11
ROM bus (to C207 PROG board)
80
A-19
CN12
ROM-SIMM
72
A-20
CN14
IC card slot
68
A-22
CN15
Control panel
20
A-23
A-3
Appendix
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
A.1.1 Engine Controller Board (PWB-A Board)
Table A-3 PWB-A, C207 MAIN Board CN1 (Video I/F)
Pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Signal Name
I/O
O
I
I
O
O
I
I
-
+5V
+5V
RESET
PRRDY
STS
CTBSY
SRCLK
TOD
GND
HSYNC
+5V
—
EPRDY
ETBSY
CMD
PRINT
CPRDY
GND
VIDEO
GND
I
I
O
O
O
O
-
Description
+5 V (Logic power source)
+5 V (Logic power source)
Engine initialize signal
Engine print enable signal
Communication with the engine controller
Command transmit signal
Clock signal
Engine ready signal
Signal ground
Horizontal synchronous signal
+5 V (Logic power source)
Not used
Engine current status signal
Engine status transmit signal
Communication with engine controller
Print start command
Controller current status signal
Signal ground
Video data
Signal ground
Table A-4 PWB-A CN2 (Printhead Unit)
Pin
Signal Name
I/O
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
SSCAN
LD.MONITOR
DA2
DA1
GND
LDATA
+5V
+24V
GND
POLYGON_MOTOR
POLYGON_CLOCK
POLYGON_LOCK
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
I
Description
Vertical synchronous signal
Laser power detection signal
Laser power adjust signal 1
Laser power adjust signal 2
Ground
Laser drive signal
Laser diode drive power source
Polygon motor drive power source
Ground
Polygon motor drive signal
Polygon motor clock
Polygon motor lock signal
Table A-5 PWB-A CN3 (Paper Near Empty Sensor: PNE1)
Pin
1
2
3
A-4
Signal Name
ANODE
GND
PNE1
I/O
I
Description
Sensor drive signal
Ground
Detection signal
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Appendix
Table A-6 PWB-A CN4 (PWB-E)
Pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Signal Name
PW_FAN
HEATER
GND
+24V
GND
GND
+5V
+5V
I/O
Description
O
O
-
Power source fan drive signal
Heater lamp drive signal
Ground
+24 V
Ground
Ground
+5 V
+5 V
Table A-7 PWB-A CN5 (Main Motor)
Pin
1
2
3
4
Signal Name
MOTOR_LOCK
MAIN_MOTOR
+24V
GND
I/O
I
O
-
Description
Motor lock signal
Motor drive signal
Motor drive power source
Ground
Table A-8 PWB-A CN6 (Toner Empty Sensor: PE1)
Pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Signal Name
+5V
TONER_LEVEL
TONER_LED
GND
ANODE
GND
P_EMP 1
I/O
I
O
I
Description
+5 V
Toner amount detection signal
TE1 sensor LED drive signal
Ground
PE1 anode
Ground
Paper amount detection signal
Table A-9 PWB-A CN8 (Paper Cassette Unit)
Rev. A
Pin
Signal Name
I/O
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
PICK_UP 3
PICK_UP 2
3RD_SIG
2ND_SIG
SIFT_LOAD
SENSOR_CLOCK
+24V
+5V
GND
GND
O
O
I
I
O
O
-
Description
Solenoid
SL3 (optional) drive signal
Solenoid
SL2 drive signal
Optional cassette sensor detection signal
Standard cassette sensor detection signal
Sensor identification signal
Sensor clock signal
Solenoid drive power source
+5 V
Ground
Ground
A-5
Appendix
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Table A-10 PWB-A CN9 (Imaging Cartridge Fuse)
Pin
1
2
Signal Name
I/O
I/O
+5V
I/C_NEW
Description
Fuse detection/ fuse blow power source
New cartridge detection / fuse blow signal
Table A-11 PWB-A CN10 (PWB-F)
Pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Signal Name
+5V
FU_FAN
+24V
GND
PCR1
PC1
HV_T_CTL
HV_B_CTL
HV_CT
B_REM
SS_HL_CTL
I/O
O
I
I
O
O
O
Description
+5 V
Fan motor drive
+24 V
Ground
Registration sensor detection signal
Paper takeup sensor detection signal
Transfer bias control signal
Development bias control signal
High voltage control
Developer bias On/Off signal
Seal bias HIGH/LOW control
Table A-12 PWB-A CN11 (Duplex Unit: Option)
Pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Signal Name
GND
+5V
+24V
UP_SET
UP_PS
HANSO_CTL
HANSO_B
HANSO_A
HAISI_CTL
HAISI_B
HAISI_A
UP_OPEN
I/O
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
Description
Ground
+5 V
+24 V
Duplex unit detection signal
Duplex paper takeup sensor (PC4) detection signal
Transport motor control signal
Transport motor control signal B
Transport motor control signal A
Switchback motor control signal
Switchback motor control signal B
Switchback motor control signal A
Cover switch signal detection
Table A-13 PWB-A CN12 (Paper Solenoid: SL1)
Pin
1
2
A-6
Signal Name
+24V
PICK_IP1
I/O
O
Description
Solenoid drive power source
Solenoid drive signal
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Appendix
Table A-14 PWB-A CN13
(Paper Exit Sensor, Thermistor, Registration Clutch))
Pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Signal Name
ANODE
GND
+PC3
THERMISTOR
+5V
+24V
R_CLUTCH
I/O
I
I
-
Description
PC3 anode
Ground
Paper exit sensor detection signal
Thermistor detection sensor
+5 V
+24 V (clutch)
Registration clutch drive signal
A.1.2 Video Controller Board (C207 MAIN Board)
Table A-15 C207 MAIN Board CN4 (Type B Interface)
Pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
Rev. A
Signal Name
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
TXD
READY
RXD
NC
RESET
INH
CMREQ
WRRDY
RDREQ
WR
RD
CS
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
A3
A2
A1
A0
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
I/O
O
O
I
O
O
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
Description
+5 VDC
+5 VDC
+5 VDC
+5 VDC
+5 VDC
+5 VDC
Serial data transmitted
READY signal
Serial data received
Not used
RESET signal
I/F card disable
Request command
I/F ready
Data read request
Write enable
Read enable
Chip select
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
Address bit 3
Address bit 2
Address bit 1
Address bit 0
Data bit 7
Data bit 6
Data bit 5
Data bit 4
Data bit 3
Data bit 2
Data bit 1
Data bit 0
A-7
Appendix
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Table A-16 C207 MAIN Board CN5 (I/O Bus)
Pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41~60
A-8
Signal Name
PCLK
RST
GND
GND
GND
GND
DB0
DB1
DB2
DB3
DB4
DB5
DB6
DB7
AB0
AB1
AB2
AB3
AB4
CS
RD
WR
IREQ
NMI
DREQ
DTCT
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
TXD+
TXDRXD+
RXDDTR
CTS
NC
NC
LCD
SWRD
Not used
I/O
I
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
O
I
I
I
-
Description
System clock for 85230-10
Reset signal
GND
GND
GND
GND
Bidirectional data bus 0
Bidirectional data bus 1
Bidirectional data bus 2
Bidirectional data bus 3
Bidirectional data bus 4
Bidirectional data bus 5
Bidirectional data bus 6
Bidirectional data bus 7
Address bus
Address bus
Address bus
Address bus
Address bus
Chip select signal
Read signal. Goes LOW with WR signal at reset.
Write signal. Goes LOW with RD signal at reset.
Interruption request signal
Non-maskable interrupt request signal
DMA request signal
Board detection signal
+5 V
+5 V
+5 V
+5 V
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
No connection
No connection
Not used
Not used
—
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Appendix
Table A-17 C207 MAIN Board CN7 (CPU Bus)
Pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
Rev. A
Signal Name
+5V
+5V
A26
A27
A28
A29
A30
A31
ASI10
ASI11
ASI12
ASI13
CS0
CS1
CS2
CS3
CS4
CS5
AS
RD_WR
SAMEPG
TMR_OV
LOCK
ERROR
BREQ
BGANT
READY
MEXC
IRL0
IRL1
IRL2
IRL3
RESET
XTAL1
CLKOUT1
CLKOUT2
GND
GND
GND
GND
I/O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I/O
I/O
O
I
O
O
I
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
-
Description
+5 V
+5 V
Address bit 26
Address bit 27
Address bit 28
Address bit 29
Address bit 30
Address bit 31
Not used
Not used
Address bus data
Not used
Chip select signal
Chip select signal
Chip select signal
Chip select signal
Chip select signal
Chip select signal
New bus transaction starts
Read/write signal
Not used
DRAM refresh timing control
Bus lock signal
Not used
Bus request signal
Response to BREQ signal
Current bus transaction completed
Informs CPU of memory error occurrence
Interruption request code signal
Interruption request code signal
Interruption request code signal
Interruption request code signal
Reset signal
Crystal clock signal
Clock signal
Clock signal
GND
GND
GND
GND
A-9
Appendix
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Table A-18 C207 MAIN Board CN9, CN10 (RAM-SIMM)
Pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
A-10
Signal Name
VSS
DQ0
DQ16
DQ1
DQ17
DQ2
DQ18
DQ3
DQ19
VDD
NC
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
NC
DQ4
DQ20
DQ5
DQ21
DQ6
DQ22
DQ7
DQ23
A7
NC
VDD
A8
A9
RAS3
RAS2
NC
NC
NC
NC
VSS
CAS0
CAS2
CAS3
CAS1
RAS0
RAS1
NC
WE
NC
DQ8
DQ24
DQ9
DQ25
DQ10
DQ26
DQ11
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
Description
GND
Data bit 0
Data bit 16
Data bit 1
Data bit 17
Data bit 2
Data bit 18
Data bit 3
Data bit 19
+5 VDC
Not used
Address bit 0
Address bit 1
Address bit 2
Address bit 3
Address bit 4
Address bit 5
Address bit 6
Not used
Data bit 4
Data bit 20
Data bit 5
Data bit 21
Data bit 6
Data bit 22
Data bit 7
Data bit 23
Address bit 7
Not used
+5 VDC
Address bit 8
Address bit 9
RAS3
RAS2
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
GND
CAS0
CAS2
CAS3
CAS1
RAS0
RAS1
Not used
Write enable
Not used
Data bit 8
Data bit 24
Data bit 9
Data bit 25
Data bit 10
Data bit 26
Data bit 11
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Appendix
Table A-18 C207 MAIN Board CN9, CN10 (RAM-SIMM) (continued)
Pin
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
Rev. A
Signal Name
DQ27
DQ12
DQ28
VDD
DQ29
DQ13
DQ30
DQ14
DQ31
DQ15
NC
PD1
PD2
PD3
PD4
NC
VSS
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
-
Description
Data bit 27
Data bit 12
Data bit 28
+5 VDC
Data bit 29
Data bit 13
Data bit 30
Data bit 14
Data bit 31
Data bit 15
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
GND
A-11
Appendix
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Table A-19 C207 MAIN Board CN11 (ROM Bus)
Pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
A-12
Signal Name
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
D0
D16
D1
D17
D2
D18
D3
D19
D4
D20
D5
D21
D6
D22
D7
D23
D8
D24
D9
D25
D10
D26
D11
D27
D12
D28
D13
D29
D14
D30
D15
D31
GND
GND
CSI0X
CSI2X
CS00X
CS01X
RDX
WRX
BWE0X
BWE2X
BWE1X
BWE3X
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
I/O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
Description
Power source
Power source
Power source
Power source
Data bit 0
Data bit 16
Data bit 1
Data bit 17
Data bit 2
Data bit 18
Data bit 3
Data bit 19
Data bit 4
Data bit 20
Data bit 5
Data bit 21
Data bit 6
Data bit 22
Data bit 7
Data bit 23
Data bit 8
Data bit 24
Data bit 9
Data bit 25
Data bit 10
Data bit 26
Data bit 11
Data bit 27
Data bit 12
Data bit 28
Data bit 13
Data bit 29
Data bit 14
Data bit 30
Data bit 15
Data bit 31
Ground
Ground
Select signal (input)
Select signal (input) (not used)
Select signal (output) (not used)
Select signal (output) (not used)
Read signal
Write signal
Bite enable signal
Bite enable signal (not used)
Bite enable signal (not used)
Bite enable signal (not used)
Address bit 0
Address bit 1
Address bit 2
Address bit 3
Address bit 4
Address bit 5
Address bit 6
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Appendix
Table A-19 C207 MAIN Board CN11 (ROM Bus) (continued)
Pin
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
Rev. A
Signal Name
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
A20
A21
A22
A23
RD/BYX
RPX/RESETX
VPP
VPP
GND
GND
GND
GND
I/O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
O
-
Description
Address bit 7
Address bit 8
Address bit 9
Address bit 10
Address bit 11
Address bit 12
Address bit 13
Address bit 14
Address bit 15
Address bit 16
Address bit 17
Address bit 18
Address bit 19
Address bit 20
Address bit 21
Address bit 22
Address bit 23
READY/BUSY status signal
Reset signal
Write power source
Write power source
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
A-13
Appendix
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Table A-20 C207 MAIN Board CN12 (ROM-SIMM)
Pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
A-14
Signal Name
VSS
DQ0
DQ16
DQ1
DQ17
DQ2
DQ18
DQ3
DQ19
VDD
RD
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A10
DQ4
DQ20
DQ5
DQ21
DQ6
DQ22
DQ7
DQ23
A7
A19
VDD
A8
A9
A20
EEP
RESET
A21
A22
A23
VSS
A11
A13
A14
A12
CS0
CS1
A18
WR
A17
DQ8
DQ24
DQ9
DQ25
DQ10
DQ26
DQ11
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
Description
Power source
Data bit 0
Data bit 16
Data bit 1
Data bit 17
Data bit 2
Data bit 18
Data bit 3
Data bit 19
Power source
Read signal
Address bit 0
Address bit 1
Address bit 2
Address bit 3
Address bit 4
Address bit 5
Address bit 6
Address bit 10
Data bit 4
Data bit 20
Data bit 5
Data bit 21
Data bit 6
Data bit 22
Data bit 7
Data bit 23
Address bit 7
Address bit 19
Power source
Address bit 8
Address bit 9
Address bit 20
Select signal for EEPROM
Reset signal
Address bit 21
Address bit 22
Address bit 23
Power source
Address bit 11
Address bit 13
Address bit 14
Address bit 12
Select signal (0)
Select signal (1)
Address bit 18
Read signal
Address bit 17
Data bit 8
Data bit 24
Data bit 9
Data bit 25
Data bit 10
Data bit 26
Data bit 11
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Appendix
Table A-20 C207 MAIN Board CN12 (ROM-SIMM) (continued)
Pin
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
Rev. A
Signal Name
DQ27
DQ12
DQ28
VDD
DQ29
DQ13
DQ30
DQ14
DQ31
DQ15
A16
(NC) RDY/BSY
NC
NC
NC
A15
VSS
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
O
O
-
Description
Data bit 27
Data bit 12
Data bit 28
Power source
Data bit 29
Data bit 13
Data bit 30
Data bit 14
Data bit 31
Data bit 15
Address bit 16
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Address bit 15
Power source
A-15
Appendix
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Table A-21 C207 MAIN Board CN14 (IC Card Slot)
Pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
A-16
Signal Name
GND
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
CE1
A10
0E
A11
A9
A8
A13
A14
WE
RDY/BCYX
+5V
VPP1
A16
A15
A12
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
D0
D1
D2
WP
GND
GND
CD1
D11
D12
D13
D14
D15
CD2
RFSH
NC
NC
A17
A18
A19
A20
A21
+5V
VPP2
A22
A23
A24
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I
O
O
O
O
O
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
Description
GND
Data bit 3
Data bit 4
Data bit 5
Data bit 6
Data bit 7
Chip select 1
Address bit 10
Output enable
Address bit 11
Address bit 9
Address bit 8
Address bit 13
Address bit 14
Write enable
Not used
+5 VDC
+5 VDC
Address bit 16
Address bit 15
Address bit 12
Address bit 7
Address bit 6
Address bit 5
Address bit 4
Address bit 3
Address bit 2
Address bit 1
Address bit 0
Data bit 0
Data bit 1
Data bit 2
Not used
GND
GND
Card ID 1
Data bit 11
Data bit 12
Data bit 13
Data bit 14
Data bit 15
Card ID 2
Not used
Not used
Not used
Address bit 17
Address bit 18
Address bit 19
Address bit 20
Address bit 21
+5 VDC
Not used
Address bit 22
Address bit 23
Address bit 24
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Appendix
Table A-21 C207 MAIN Board CN14 (IC Card Slot) (continued)
Pin
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
Signal Name
A25
NC
RESET
WAIT
NC
REG
BVD2
BVD1
D8
D9
D10
CD2
GND
I/O
O
O
O
I/O
I/O
I/O
-
Description
Address bit 25
Not used
Reset signal
Not used
Not used
Card select
Not used
Not used
Data bit 8
Data bit 9
Data bit 10
Not used
GND
Table A-22 C207 MAIN Board CN15 (Control Panel)
Pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Rev. A
Signal Name
LCDCLK
GND
SWINIT
GND
LCD
A1
LED
SWRD
NC
LCDWR
DB0
DB1
DB2
DB3
DB4
DB5
DB6
DB7
+5V
+5V
I/O
O
I
O
I
O
O
O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
-
Description
System clock
GND
Switch interupt request
GND
Select of LCD
Address bit 1
LED data write signal
Switch data read signal
Not used
LCD data write signal
Data bit 0
Data bit 1
Data bit 2
Data bit 3
Data bit 4
Data bit 5
Data bit 6
Data bit 7
+5 VDC
+5 VDC
A-17
Appendix
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
A.2 Exploded Diagrams
Figure A-2. Housing
A-18
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Appendix
Figure A-3. Frames
Rev. A
A-19
Appendix
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Fifure A-4. Paper Takeup Section (1)
A-20
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Appendix
Figure A-5. Paper Takeup Section (2)
Rev. A
A-21
Appendix
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Figure A-6. Drive Unit
A-22
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Appendix
Fifure A-7. Transfer Unit
Rev. A
A-23
Appendix
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Figure A-8. Fusing Unit
A-24
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Appendix
Figure A-9. Paper Cassette Unit
Rev. A
A-25
Appendix
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Figure A-10. Lower Paper Cassette (Standard)
A-26
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Appendix
Figure A-11. Lower Paper Cassette (Optional)
Rev. A
A-27
Appendix
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Figure A-12. Optional Duplex Unit
A-28
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Appendix
A.3 CIRCUIT BOARD COMPONENT LAYOUT
Figure A-13. C202 MAIN Board Component Layout (Front)
Rev. A
A-29
Appendix
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Figure A-14. C207 MAIN Board Component Layout (Rear)
A-30
Rev. A
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
Appendix
8
14
C1
19
CN1
79
PJ9
C2
R5
PJ4
R3
PJ2
.
1
PJ15 1
C1
PJ7 PJ6 PJ1
C4
PJ3 PJ5 PJ 14 PJ 13PJ 1
PJ11
PJ17
PJ18
-711V
C2 7 PROG
EPSON
R4
R2
2
PJ16
9
R11
R8
C8
2 23149
4
R1
IC1
R9
PJ12 PJ8
C9
IC2
IC6
IC4
IC3
C7
R1
PJ19
R13
R12
UNIT
C3
IC5
2 2 3 1 48
IC7
ASSY . C6
IC8
C5
Figure A-15. C207 MAIN Board PROG Component Layout
Rev. A
A-31
Appendix
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
CN7
CPU_BUS
CC
L L
TS
RK K X B
E MA R R
E O OT GB MR L R ME D
I I I I
AA AA
GG GG+ + S U U A RR E R O_ E A |
R R R R C C C C CC S S S S A A A A A A
NN N N 5 5 E T T L NE X OC OP D WA L L L L S S S S S S I I I I
3 3 2 22 2
DD D D V V T 2 1 1 T Q C R K V GY R S 3 2 1 0 5 4 3 2 1 0 3 2 1 0 1 0 9 8 7 6
4 33321 333322 222222 21 333 2 1111 11 111 9 8765 43
0 987
365465 843217 09 210 9 8765 43 210
IC2
1
IN
2
GND
OUT 3
LM3940IT-3.3
1
CCC CCC
SSS SSS
543 210
1
C59
1u/50V
2
A.4 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
AA
22
76
C60
2 33u/
A[0..27]
DO[0..31]
IC1
C61
0.1U
5
18
26
61
77
86
100
121
139
144
157
175
180
204
IO_VDD
IO_VDD
IO_VDD
IO_VDD
IO_VDD
IO_VDD
IO_VDD
IO_VDD
IO_VDD
IO_VDD
IO_VDD
IO_VDD
IO_VDD
IO_VDD
6
19
27
64
79
93
99
118
128
147
152
174
185
203
IO_VSS
IO_VSS
IO_VSS
IO_VSS
IO_VSS
IO_VSS
IO_VSS
IO_VSS
IO_VSS
IO_VSS
IO_VSS
IO_VSS
IO_VSS
IO_VSS
C62
0.1U
7
21
28
38
57
69
70
71
84
97
107
112
142
167
182
C58
0.1U
C57
0.1U
12
20
36
54
56
68
74
85
106
115
134
143
168
183
43
C56
0.1U
42
1
2
3
4
31
98
119
129
130
153
190
191
197
205
206
88
81
17
16
14
24
15
13
49
46
45
44
53
52
51
50
41
55
48
47
39
CN8
B3
A3
B2
A2
B5
A5
B4
A4
1
2
A7
B7
A9
B11
B9
A11
B14
A14
ASX
ERRORX
BGRNTX
CLKOUT1
RESETX
RESETINX
A12
B12
A13
B13
J2
PJ6
EMU_BRK
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
3
PID
MP:Open
Dev.:Short
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
D10
D11
D12
D13
D14
D15
D16
D17
D18
D19
D20
D21
D22
D23
D24
D25
D26
D27
D28
D29
D30
D31
111
110
109
108
105
104
102
101
96
95
94
92
91
90
89
87
83
82
80
78
76
75
73
72
67
66
65
63
62
60
59
58
DO0
DO1
DO2
DO3
DO4
DO5
DO6
DO7
DO8
DO9
DO10
DO11
DO12
DO13
DO14
DO15
DO16
DO17
DO18
DO19
DO20
DO21
DO22
DO23
DO24
DO25
DO26
DO27
DO28
DO29
DO30
DO31
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
A20
A21
A22
A23
A24
A25
A26
A27
163
164
165
166
169
170
172
173
176
178
179
181
184
186
187
189
192
193
194
196
199
200
201
202
207
208
AO2
AO3
AO4
AO5
AO6
AO7
AO8
AO9
AO10
AO11
AO12
AO13
AO14
AO15
AO16
AO17
AO18
AO19
AO20
AO21
AO22
AO23
AO24
AO25
AO26
AO27
BE0
BE1
BE2
BE3
ASI0|VDAT4
ASI1|VDAT5
ASI2|VDAT6
ASI3|VDAT7
PARITY0
PARITY1
PARITY2
PARITY3
D[0..31]
AO[0..25]
150
149
148
146
4
3
2
1
151
154
155
156
188
195
37
40
RM17
4
3
2
1
5
6
7
8
DO0
DO1
DO2
DO3
DO4
DO5
DO6
DO7
DO8
DO9
DO10
DO11
DO12
DO13
DO14
DO15
DO16
DO17
DO18
DO19
DO20
DO21
DO22
DO23
DO24
DO25
DO26
DO27
DO28
DO29
DO30
DO31
RM11
2
3
4
RM21
2
3
4
RM31
2
3
4
RM41
2
3
4
RM51
2
3
4
RM61
2
3
4
RM71
2
3
4
RM81
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
AO2
AO3
AO4
AO5
AO6
AO7
AO8
AO9
AO10
AO11
AO12
AO13
AO14
AO15
AO16
AO17
AO18
AO19
AO20
AO21
AO22
AO23
AO24
AO25
AO26
AO27
RM94
3
2
1
RM10
4
3
2
1
RM11
4
3
2
1
RM12
4
3
2
1
4
RM13
3
2
1
RM14
4
3
2
1
R24
R25
5
6
7
8
5
6
7
8
5
6
7
8
5
6
7
8
5
6
7
8
5
6
7
8
33
33
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
D10
D11
D12
D13
D14
D15
D16
D17
D18
D19
D20
D21
D22
D23
D24
D25
D26
D27
D28
D29
D30
D31
33/4
33/4
33/4
33/4
33/4
33/4
33/4
33/4
33/4
33/4
33/4
33/4
33/4
33/4
5
6
7
8
RM16
10K/4
R100
R101
R102
10K
10K
10K
TP2
ASX
R30
R29
33
R28
33
TP1
R/WX
CS0
CS1
CS2
CS3
CS4
CS5
J1
DOE
FLOAT
7
38
22
66
156
157
158
159
12
33
51
67
82
100
121
139
155
170
1
23
44
56
77
89
111
132
144
165
BTEST
CTEST
ITEST3
ITEST2
ITEST1
ITEST0
VDD5
VDD5
VDD5
VDD5
VDD5
VDD5
VDD5
VDD5
VDD5
VDD5
VDD3
VDD3
VDD3
VDD3
VDD3
VDD3
VDD3
VDD3
VDD3
VDD3
3
1
2
7
D31
D30
D29
D28
D27
D26
D25
D24
D23
D22
D21
D20
D19
D18
D17
D16
D15
D14
D13
D12
D11
D10
D9
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
2
3
4
5
8
9
10
11
13
14
15
16
18
19
20
21
24
25
26
27
29
30
31
32
34
35
36
37
40
41
42
43
DO31
DO30
DO29
DO28
DO27
DO26
DO25
DO24
DO23
DO22
DO21
DO20
DO19
DO18
DO17
DO16
DO15
DO14
DO13
DO12
DO11
DO10
DO9
DO8
DO7
DO6
DO5
DO4
DO3
DO2
DO1
DO0
A27
A26
A25
A24
A23
A22
A21
A20
A19
A18
A17
A16
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
131
130
129
128
125
124
123
122
120
119
118
117
115
114
113
112
109
108
107
106
104
103
102
101
99
98
AO27
AO26
AO25
AO24
AO23
AO22
AO21
AO20
AO19
AO18
AO17
AO16
AO15
AO14
AO13
AO12
AO11
AO10
AO9
AO8
AO7
AO6
AO5
AO4
AO3
AO2
6
17
28
39
45
50
61
72
83
88
94
105
116
127
133
138
149
160
171
176
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
63
96
97
161
162
163
164
166
167
168
169
172
173
174
175
RESERVED
AS 76
RESERVED
R/W 78
RESERVED
RESERVED
READY 110
64
RESERVED
ERROR 65
RESERVED
LOCK
95
RESERVED NONCACHE 126
RESERVED
MEXC
RESERVED
RDYOUT 79
RESERVED
RESERVED
BREQ 68
RESERVED
BGRNT 70
RESERVED
PBREQ 69
BMREQ 73
RESERVED
BMACK 71
RESERVED
IDLEEN 150
75
SAMEPAGE
OVF 74
IRL3/IRQ15
IRL2/IRQ14
IRL1/IRQ13
IRL0/IRQ12
ASI3
ASI2
ASI1
ASI0
CS5
CS4
CS3
CS2
CS1
CS0
BE3
BE2
BE1
BE0
PDOWN
WKUP
RESET
88
89
90
91
92
93
143
141
110
CS0
CS1
CS2
CS3
CS4
CS5
AS
RD_WR
READY
138
LOCK
MA0
MA1
MA2
MA3
MA4
MA5
MA6
MA7
MA8
MA9
MA10
RAS5
RAS4
RAS3
RAS2
RAS1
RAS0
CAS3
CAS2
CAS1
CAS0
WE
DB0
DB1
DB2
DB3
DB4
DB5
DB6
DB7
AB0
AB1
AB2
AB3
AB4
AB5
AB6
AB7
BE0
BE1
BE2
BE3
IREQ0
IREQ1
IREQ2
IREQ3
IREQ4
IREQ5
IREQ6
IREQ7
NMI
FL3
TX14271NB
1
SW1
PB
FL1
TH09502NA
1
8
5
OUT 1
N.C.
CJ
4
R34
3
GND
13
C66
40M
2
0
EECS
EESK
EEDO
EEDI
6
1
NC 2
NC
3
NC 8
NC
C
GND
RESET
MCLK
68
DS
CP
R
1
1IC4A
4
5
+Q
5
R35
G
N 6
DQ
5
6
7
8
MA4
MA5
MA6
MA7
MA8
MA9
MA10
R111
RM53
22/4
D[0..31]
MA[0..10]
MA[0..10]
RAS5X
RAS4X
RAS3X
RAS2X
RAS1X
RAS0X
CAS_LLX
CAS_LHX
CAS_HLX
CAS_HHX
22
AB0
AB1
AB2
AB3
AB4
AB5
AB6
AB7
WEX
RAM_MOD.SCH
I/F Module
DB[0..7]
DB[0..7]
AB[0..7]
AB[0..7]
IREQ1X
IREQ2X
IREQ7X
NMIX
IREQ4X
DREQ0X
DREQ1X
DREQ2X
DREQ3X
IORSTX
RESETX
PCLK
INH
CMREQX
WRRDYX
RDREQX
RBX
WBX
RCX
WCX
DS0X
DS1X
DS2X
DS7X
WP_I
BPICLK
LCD0X
172
173
174
178
179
180
181
182
171
R124
R108
68
22
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 55 5 5 5
V V V V V V V VV V V V
12 467911 1112
07 319713 4680
41 7531
9
8
175
LCLK
177
SWINT
159
GG GGGGGG GGGGGG GGGGG GGG
NN NNNNNN NNNNNN NNNNN NNN
DD DDDDDD DDDDDD DDDDD DDD
21 1
08 8
66 7
0.1U
C128
0.1U
C130
2MCLK
IRQ5X
LCLK
LCD0X
LEDX
SWRDX
R120
R121
22
22
R109
22
R38
C68
1U
10K
1
2
SWINT
R37
47K
VIDEO.SCH
Net_Card Module
D[0..31]
169
156
A[0..27]
ASX
RWX
READYX
CS3X
139
10K
BE3
BE2
BE1
BE0
BE00X
BE08X
BE16X
BE24X
WP
IREQ0X
IREQ6X
RESETX
E_RSTX
DREQX
DACKX
0.1U
MCLK
NETCARD.sch
PJ18
J4
STSX
ETBSYX
PRRDYX
EPRDYX
CTBSYX
SRCLK
CMDX
CPRDYX
PRINTX
LCDWRX
1 2 3 5 67 7 8 8 9 1 1 1 1 1 11 1 12 1
3 5 6 8 0 02 8 2 5 6 0 1 1 3 4 56 7 80 4
7 3 9 0 2 44 6 90 6
0.1U
C129
DB[0..7]
WBX
RBX
VDATA0
VDATA1
VCLK
R110
TT
EE
SS
NT T
C0 1
AB[0..7]
RITX
RESETX
E_RSTX
HSOUTX
TODX
33/4
5
6
7
8
5
6
7
8
33/4
13
158
157
14
16
STSX
ETBSYX
PRRDYX
EPRDYX
CTBSYX
SRCLK
CMDX
CPRDYX
PRINTX
at_if.sch
Video_IF MODULE
DB[0..7]
RM50
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
RM51
BE0X
BE1X
BE2X
BE3X
ROM_MOD.SCH
RAM Module
M51953BFP
R36
13
68
C67
0
22/4
5
6
7
8
4
3
2
1
BE0
BE1
BE2
BE3
RM49 68/4
1
8
2
7
3
6
4
5
R98
68
R99
68
RM48 47/4
1
8
2
7
3
6
4
5
202
203
204
205
4
5
6
7
DCLK
NACK
NREQ
25
RESETX
RDX
WRX
RM55
4
3
2
1
DB0
DB1
DB2
DB3
DB4
DB5
DB6
DB7
184
185
190
191
192
193
194
195
A[0..27]
EEPX
33
196
197
198
199
207
208
1
2
168
160
161
170
11
12
TOL
TOP
VDO0
VDO1
MN93C86A
28
100
155
188
EIF
C127
2
R33
C63
1U
3
19
18
20
21
C148
0.1U
PJ3
CR1
VCC
5
4
1
1
2
3
4
6
7
87
86
84
83
INH
CMREQ
WRRDY
RDREQ
RC
WC
RDYIN
IC3
VCC
OUT
C64
0.1U
10
1K
IC38
VCC CS
SK
DI
DO
ORG
GND NC
BMREQ
BMACK
73
71
52
51
49
48
IORST
PCLK
BREQ
BGRNT
140
109
69
70
74
75
105
106
108
126
127
134
135
D[0..31]
CS0X
CS1X
CS2X
AB[0..7]
IRL0
IRL1
IRL2
IRL3
WKUP
CS0
CS1
CS2
CS3
101
102
150
151
152
153
MEXC
103
A[0..27]
17
DREQ0
DREQ1
DREQ2
DREQ3
DS0
DS1
DS2
DS3
DS4
DS5
DS6
DS7
5
CLKDBL
BMODE16
BMODE8
CS0
CS1
CS2
CS3
CS4
CS5
MA0
MA1
MA2
MA3
R123
RD
WR
TP5
GND
C126
0.1U
R32
4
62
122
123
124
125
PEE
PJ20
CJ
J3
C65
0.1U
145
BE0
BE1
BE2
BE3
S_Reset
2
CAS0
CAS1
CAS2
CAS3
TP4
MCLK
8
3
57
58
59
60
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
D10
D11
D12
D13
D14
D15
D16
D17
D18
D19
D20
D21
D22
D23
D24
D25
D26
D27
D28
D29
D30
D31
RM54
5
6
7
8
22/4
CJ
CJ
2
RAS0
RAS1
RAS2
RAS3
167
166
163
162
149
148
145
144
133
132
129
128
116
115
112
111
99
98
95
94
81
80
77
76
63
62
59
58
40
39
37
36
4
3
2
1
WB
RB
3
52
53
54
55
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
D10
D11
D12
D13
D14
D15
D16
D17
D18
D19
D20
D21
D22
D23
D24
D25
D26
D27
D28
D29
D30
D31
104
137
33/4
RM15
4
5
3
6
2
7
1
8
R26
33
R27
33
C131
0.1U
IC41
DWE3
DWE2
DWE1
DWE0
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
A20
A21
A22
A23
A24
A25
A26
A27
117
118
120
121
MB86936
46
47
48
49
22
23
24
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
41
42
44
45
46
47
53
54
55
56
57
64
65
66
67
68
33
D[0..31]
IC39
SLAM
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
A20
A21
A22
A23
A24
A25
A26
A27
136
C55
A8
TP3
RDYX
R31
A1
B1
A6
B6
B8
A10
B10
A15
B15
ROM Module
BE0
BE1
BE2
BE3
0.1U
EMULATOR BUS
CS[0..5]
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
A20
A21
A22
A23
A24
A25
A26
A27
33/4
AVDD
126
AS
125
RD|WR
READY 117
141
SAMEPG|RAS3
25
AVSS TMR_OVF|RAS2
123
LOCK
122
ERROR 116
VDAT3
MEXC
VDAT2
VDAT1
11
IRL0|IRQ12
VDAT0
10
IRL1|IRQ13
9
IRL2|IRQ14
8
IRL3|IRQ15
RAS0
114
DWE
BREQ
CAS0
BGRNT 120
CAS1
131
CAS2
CS0
133
CAS3
CS1
135
TIMEROUT0
CS2
136
LSYNC
CS3
137
NC
CS4
140
PSYNC
CS5|RAS1
VCLK
30
XTAL1
29
XTAL2
33 PJ21
CLKOUT1
35 PJ22
BMODE8
CLKOUT2
113
BMODE16
RESET
TMS
TCK
BMREQ 103
124
TDI
BMACK
TDO
PBREQ 127
TRST
DREQ0 132
138
CLK_ECB
DREQ1
EMU_SD0
DREQ2 22
145
EMU_SD1
DACK0
158
EMU_SD2
DACK1
23
EMU_SD3
DACK2
171
EMU_D0
EOP0
177
EMU_D1
EOP1
34
EMU_D2
EOP2
EMU_D3
RDYOUT 159
160
EMU_BRK
PDRESET
EMU_ENB
NVWE 161
EMU_VDD
OE 162
198
CLKDBL
EMU_VSS
PID
NONCACHE 32
BE[0..3]
CJ
3
2
7
74LV74
Clock_Sel_1
PJ19
CJ
1
0 IC4B
12
11
DS
R125
10
CP
R
1
3
R104
Q 9
Q 8
13
10
C142
2
74LV74
NFM51R10P107
140
141
142
143
134
135
136
137
80
81
84
85
86
87
90
91
92
93
TP7
WKUP
146
147
TP6
148
WKUP
CLKIN
154
CLKSEL1
CLKSEL2
CLKEXT
151
152
153
Figure A-16. C207 MAIN BOARD (CPU)
Rev. A
MB86830
PJ14
Sel15
PJ15
Sel1G
PJ16
Sel25
PJ17
Sel2G
A-32
Appendix
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
CN12
ROM_SIMM
W R
N N R /
C C L B
V V V
S S S
S S S
7 6 6 6
0 9 8 7
7 3 1
2 9
V V V
C C C
C C C
C83
5 3 1
9 0 0
R
E
S W
E R R
T U D
3 4 1
5 7 1
E C C
E S S
P 1 0
3 4 4
4 5 4
A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A A A A A A A A A A
3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D
3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 D D D D D D D D D D
1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
3 3 3 3 2 4 4 6 7 4 4 4 4 1 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
8 7 6 3 9 6 8 6 1 2 1 3 0 9 2 1 8 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
6 6 6 5 5 5 5 5 2 2 2 2 9 7 5 3 6 6 6 5 5 5 5 4 2 2 2 2 8 6 4 2
4 2 0 8 6 4 2 0 7 5 3 1
5 3 1 7 5 3 1 9 6 4 2 0
A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D
3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0.1U
A[0..27]
A[0..27]
D[0..31]
D[0..31]
A A
2 2
2 1
EEPX
PJ13
K_WRL
WRX
J141
2
3
F/M_Sel11
RESETX
J151
2
RDX
3
F/M_Sel12
IC19
A26
A27
2
3
1A
1B
J12
CS2X
1
2
1
3
A24
A25
WW/2Byte
1G
14
13
15
2G
C84
0.1U
R40
R39
33
33
12
11
10
9
2Y0
2Y1
2Y2
2Y3
2A
2B
16
4
5
6
7
1Y0
1Y1
1Y2
1Y3
VCC
8
R122
GND
74F139
10K
2
1
CS0X
J8
IC17A
1
3
3
IC18A
SIDE
2
1
74LS04
R42
R41
33
2
74F32
CS1X
10K
R112
IC40
7
C144
0.1U
C145
0.22U
IC42F
1K
VCC
6
OUT
5
4
C
GND
NC
NC
NC
NC
13
12
IC17D
12
1
2
3
8
11
74F04
13
74F32
M51953BFP
Connect to IC18
pin 14 and 7
C140
0.1U
Connect to IC17
pin 14 and 7
A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
C141
0.1U
1 1
4 2
O C
E E
N N A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
. . 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
C C 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
.
.
IC16
O C
E E
BE3X
3 1
2 3
2 3
3 3
C82
BE1X
0.1U
O O O O O O
1 1 1 1 1 1 O O O O O O O O O O
5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
3 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 3 2 2 2 2 1 1 1
1 9 7 5 2 0 8 6 0 8 6 4 1 9 7 5
D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D
3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1
1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6
4 4
3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4
1 1
1 4 3 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
N N A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
. . 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
C C 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
.
8/16M MASK/SOP
B
V Y
D T
D E
G G
N N
D D
BE2X
1 1
4 2
4 4
3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4
1 1
1 4 3 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
.
8/16M MASK/SOP
B
V Y
D T
D E
G G
N N
D D
3 1
2 3
2 3
3 3
C81
IC15
O O O O O O
1 1 1 1 1 1 O O O O O O O O O O
5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
3 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 3 2 2 2 2 1 1 1
1 9 7 5 2 0 8 6 0 8 6 4 1 9 7 5
D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D
1 1 1 1 1 1 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
5 4 3 2 1 0
0.1U
BE0X
PJ1
WR_Enb
MP:Short
Dev.:Close
W/W:Close
PJ2
DTCT_Enb
A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
C149
0.1U
8 7 7 7 3
0 9 8 7 8
V V V V W
S S S S R
S S S S 1
3
7
D
T
C
T
4 3 2 1
V V V V
C C C C
C C C C
7 7
6 5
V V
P P
P P
7 7
4 3
R
E
S
E
T
R
D
/
B
Y
4 4 4 4
8 6 7 5
B
W
E
3
B
W
E
2
B
W
E
1
B
W
E
0
4 4
4 3
W R
R D
0
4 4
2 1
C
S
O
1
C
S
O
0
4 3
0 9
C
S
I
1
C
S
I
0
7 7 7 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4
2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9
A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D
3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1
3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1
6 4 2 0 8 6 4 2 0 8 6 4 2 0 8 6 5 3 1 9 7 5 3 1 9 7 5 3 1 9 7 5
D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D
3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CN11
ROM_BUS
Rev. A
Figure A-17. C207 MAIN BOARD (ROM/ROM-SIMM)
A-33
Appendix
D[0..31]
MA[0..10]
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
D[0..31]
MA[0..10]
RAS0X
RAS1X
CAS_LLX
CAS_LHX
CAS_HLX
CAS_HHX
WEX
RAS2X
RAS3X
RAS4X
RAS5X
Only use for 4M DRAM
PJ9
S_MA00
C133
MA0
0.1U
PJ10
CN9
2
4
6
8
20
22
24
26
49
51
53
55
57
61
63
65
3
5
7
9
21
23
25
27
50
52
54
56
58
60
62
64
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
D10
D11
D12
D13
D14
D15
D16
D17
D18
D19
D20
D21
D22
D23
D24
D25
D26
D27
D28
D29
D30
D31
36
37
35
38
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
28
31
32
19
MA0
MA1
MA2
MA3
MA4
MA5
MA6
MA7
MA8
MA9
MA10
11
29
46
48
66
71
40
43
41
42
44
45
34
33
47
10
30
59
DQ0
DQ1
DQ2
DQ3
DQ4
DQ5
DQ6
DQ7
DQ8
DQ9
DQ10
DQ11
DQ12
DQ13
DQ14
DQ15
DQ16
DQ17
DQ18
DQ19
DQ20
DQ21
DQ22
DQ23
DQ24
DQ25
DQ26
DQ27
DQ28
DQ29
DQ30
DQ31
2
4
6
8
20
22
24
26
49
51
53
55
57
61
63
65
3
5
7
9
21
23
25
27
50
52
54
56
58
60
62
64
36
37
35
38
MP0
MP1
MP2
MP3
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
28
31
32
19
MA0
MA1
MA2
MA3
MA4
MA5
MA6
MA7
MA8
MA9
MA10
11
29
46
48
66
71
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
CAS0
CAS1
CAS2
CAS3
RAS0
RAS1
RAS2
RAS3
WE
40
43
41
42
44
45
34
33
47
10
30
59
VCC
VCC
VCC
C69
0.1U
PJ11
S_MA90
CN10
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
D10
D11
D12
D13
D14
D15
D16
D17
D18
D19
D20
D21
D22
D23
D24
D25
D26
D27
D28
D29
D30
D31
DQ0
DQ1
DQ2
DQ3
DQ4
DQ5
DQ6
DQ7
DQ8
DQ9
DQ10
DQ11
DQ12
DQ13
DQ14
DQ15
DQ16
DQ17
DQ18
DQ19
DQ20
DQ21
DQ22
DQ23
DQ24
DQ25
DQ26
DQ27
DQ28
DQ29
DQ30
DQ31
MA9
PJ12
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
MA4
MA5
MA6
MA7
MA8
67
68
69
70
VSS
VSS
VSS
PD1
PD2
PD3
PD4
RAM SIMM2
17
18
19
20
23
24
25
26
27
28
14
31
30
13
29
1
6
21
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
RAS
LCAS
UCAS
WE
OE
VCC
VCC
VCC
C72
0.1U
22
37
42
IC12
IO1
IO2
IO3
IO4
IO5
IO6
IO7
IO8
IO9
IO10
IO11
IO12
IO13
IO14
IO15
IO16
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
2
3
4
5
7
8
9
10
33
34
35
36
38
39
40
41
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
D10
D11
D12
D13
D14
D15
11
12
15
16
32
MA4
MA5
MA6
MA7
MA8
17
18
19
20
23
24
25
26
27
28
VSS
VSS
VSS
14
31
30
13
29
CAS0
CAS1
CAS2
CAS3
1
6
21
RAS0
RAS1
RAS2
RAS3
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
RAS
LCAS
UCAS
WE
OE
VCC
VCC
VCC
C71
0.1U
WE
22
37
42
VCC
VCC
VCC
67
68
69
70
10
11
12
13
16
17
18
19
20
9
6
21
8
23
7
22
IO1
IO2
IO3
IO4
IO5
IO6
IO7
IO8
IO9
IO10
IO11
IO12
IO13
IO14
IO15
IO16
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
2
3
4
5
7
8
9
10
33
34
35
36
38
39
40
41
D16
D17
D18
D19
D20
D21
D22
D23
D24
D25
D26
D27
D28
D29
D30
D31
IO1
IO2
IO3
IO4
IO5
IO6
IO7
IO8
VCC
VCC
2
3
4
5
24
25
26
27
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
1
14
C78
RAS
CAS
WE GND
OE GND
0.1U
15
28
VSS
VSS
VSS
PD1
PD2
PD3
PD4
Figure A-18. C207 MAIN BOARD (RAM/RAM-SIMM)
IO1
IO2
IO3
IO4
IO5
IO6
IO7
IO8
VCC
VCC
2
3
4
5
24
25
26
27
D8
D9
D10
D11
D12
D13
D14
D15
1
14
C77
RAS
CAS
WE GND
OE GND
0.1U
15
28
IC10
MA0
MA1
MA2
MA3
MA4
MA5
MA6
MA7
MA8
MA9
MA10
10
11
12
13
16
17
18
19
20
9
6
21
8
23
7
22
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
NC
NC
IO1
IO2
IO3
IO4
IO5
IO6
IO7
IO8
VCC
VCC
2
3
4
5
24
25
26
27
D16
D17
D18
D19
D20
D21
D22
D23
1
14
C76
RAS
CAS
WE GND
OE GND
0.1U
15
28
4M DRAM*8
IC9
MA0
MA1
MA2
MA3
MA4
MA5
MA6
MA7
MA8
MA9
MA10
10
11
12
13
16
17
18
19
20
9
6
21
8
23
7
22
RAM SIMM1
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
NC
NC
4M DRAM*8
11
12
15
16
32
VSS
VSS
VSS
Rev. A
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
NC
NC
IC11
IC5
MA1
MA2
MA3
10
11
12
13
16
17
18
19
20
9
6
21
8
23
7
22
MA0
MA1
MA2
MA3
MA4
MA5
MA6
MA7
MA8
MA9
MA10
16M DRAM
1
39
72
MA0
MA1
MA2
MA3
MA4
MA5
MA6
MA7
MA8
MA9
MA10
4M DRAM*8
16M DRAM
C70
0.1U
1
39
72
S_MA91
IC6
MA1
MA2
MA3
MP0
MP1
MP2
MP3
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
S_MA01
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
NC
NC
IO1
IO2
IO3
IO4
IO5
IO6
IO7
IO8
VCC
VCC
2
3
4
5
24
25
26
27
D24
D25
D26
D27
D28
D29
D30
D31
1
14
C75
RAS
CAS
WE GND
OE GND
0.1U
15
28
4M DRAM*8
A-34
Appendix
SRCLK
R94
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
EPRDYX
PRRDYX
ETBSYX
STSX
33
CMDX
CPRDYX
PRINTX
CTBSYX
DB[0..7]
AB[0..7]
DB[0..7]
AB[0..7]
IC43
10
GND
C146
0.1U
20
+5
18
3
16
5
14
7
12
9
DB0
DB1
DB2
DB3
DB4
DB5
DB6
DB7
DB0
DB1
DB2
DB3
DB4
DB5
DB6
DB7
1Y1
2Y4
1Y2
2Y3
1Y3
2Y2
1Y4
2Y1
2G
1G
19
1
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
2
17
4
15
6
13
8
11
1A1
2A4
1A2
2A3
1A3
2A2
1A4
2A1
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1
1 1 1
2 3 4 5 6 8
4 6 6
9 2 2 3 3 4 4 3 3 5 3 3
2 7 8 1 2 1 2
0 3
D24
D25
D26
D27
D28
D29
D30
D31
S C C C CT
WD D D D E
I CPCPS
N H R H RT
T KT KT 2
0 0 1 1
T NDOCC
E MMP D D
S I AT RR
T
I I SS
1
NNT T
T T 0 1
PSCCPC
R RMP RT
F CDRI B
DNS
DL
K YT Y
1 1 1
1 1 2 2 2
12
9 0 12 3
SEV PE
T T S RP
S B RRR
SEDD
Y QY Y
IODATA0
IODATA1
IODATA2
IODATA3
IODATA4
IODATA5
IODATA6
IODATA7
74LS244/1
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
AB0
AB1
AB2
AB3
AB4
AB5
AB6
AB7
R63
IREQ1X
74
75
76
90
77
78
33
R103
10K
IREQ4X
R96
R97
10K
10K
R71
LCD0X
WP_I
J10
J11
US/EU
Option
US:Open
R114
DREQ2X
34
35
36
38
39
40
33
EU:Short
52
53
64
62
33
49
50
51
47
48
DS1X
RBX
WBX
BPICLK
RESETX
AB0
AB1
AB2
AB3
AB4
AB5
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
AB6
AB7
1
11
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
10
IC36
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
O 19
12
O
18
17
16
15
14
13
VCC
126
127
128
129
130
131
135
136
20
I
I
C112
0.1U
GND
10
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
155
156
153
150
154
157
STB
SLCT
AUTO
INIT
166
149
151
152
DSR
CTS
RXD
168
169
172
DTR
RTS
TXD
BCLK
167
170
173
174
TA00
TA01
TA02
TA03
TA10
TA11
TA12
TA13
IOREQ
IOEAD
IOEND
IOBSY
CE
READ
WRITE
MCLK
RESET
1
2
3
4
165
164
163
162
161
160
159
158
BUSY
ACK
SELO
ERROR
PE
DIR0
TDATA10
TDATA11
TDATA12
TDATA13
TDATA14
TDATA15
TDATA16
TDATA17
IOP0
IOP1
IOP2
IOP3
IOP4
IOP5
IC18B3
IC18C5
R113
R72
3
4
2
1
RM38
4
74LS04
6
74LS04
9
IC18D
33
33
6
5
7
8
33/4
7
8
9
VVVVVV
DDDDDD
DDDDDD
1 2 4 8 1 1
2 4 9 1 3
0 2 C97
0.1U
G GG GG G GG GG GG
NNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNN
DDDDDDDDDDDD CCCCCCCCCC
2 4 4 8 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 8 1 2 2 3 9 1 1 1 1
3 5 6 7 8 12 3 3 7 7 7
5 1 9 7 6 0 0 1 2
14 3 4 15 6
3 9 7 5
IC33
A1
A2
A3
A4
B1
B2
B3
B4
20
19
18
17
A5
A6
A7
B5
B6
B7
VCC
VCC
14
13
12
15
16
GND
GND
5
6
8
74LS04
10
11
DIR
HD
RM39
1.2K/4
RM42
1.2K/4
1.2K/4
RM41
R79
1.2K
C110
0.1U
16
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
33
1.2K/4
RM40
12 3 4 4 3 2 1
12 3 4 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 5 6 7 8
8 7 6 5 5 6 7 8
74ACT1284
1
2
3
4
IC18E11
IC18F13
11
12
13
14
16
17
18
19
7
8
9
10
74LS04
12
10
11
J9
1
2
3
TT/OC
A1
A2
A3
A4
B1
B2
B3
B4
20
19
18
17
A5
A6
A7
B5
B6
B7
VCC
VCC
14
13
12
15
16
DIR
HD
GND
GND
5
6
RM45
3
4
2
1
68/4
6
5
7
8
RM46
1
2
3
4
R81
C111
0.1U
33/4
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
33/4
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
36
14
31
33/4
8
7
6
5
33
10
11
12
13
32
74ACT1284
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
20
19
18
17
20
24
25
26
145
146
147
148
RM43
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
RM44
IC34
74LS04
R73
R74
R75
33
33
33
C109
0.1U
100
PNLDATA0
101
PNLDATA1
102
PNLDATA2
104
PNLDATA3
105
PNLDATA4
106
PNLDATA5
107
PNLDATA6
108
PNLDATA7
91
LCLK
93
LCD
94
CD
95
LED
97
SWRD
98
PRD
PWR 99
TCE0
TRD0
TWR0
RDREQ0
WRRDY0
CMREQ0
INH0
TRST0
PAL16L8-15
PDATA0
PDATA1
PDATA2
PDATA3
PDATA4
PDATA5
PDATA6
PDATA7
TDATA00
TDATA01
TDATA02
TDATA03
TDATA04
TDATA05
TDATA06
TDATA07
INT0
INT1
INT2
INT3
INT4
INT5
TCE1
TRD1
TWR1
RDREQ1
WRRDY1
CMREQ1
INH1
TRST1
IC28
14
13
12
15
16
5
6
C113
100p
C114
100p
C115
100p
C116
100p
R80
3.9K
35
17
15
18
34
IC35
B1
B2
B3
B4
A1
A2
A3
A4
B5
B6
B7
VCC
VCC
A5
A6
A7
GND
GND
DIR
HD
1
2
3
4
DB0
DB1
DB2
DB3
DB4
DB5
DB6
DB7
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
AB0
AB1
AB2
AB3
28
27
26
25
CN2
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
18
17
16
12
11
DS0X
INH
IORSTX
13
14
15
CMREQX
WRRDYX
RDREQX
7
8
9
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
R57
R58
R59
10K
10K
10K
1
2
3
4
5
6
STB
SLIN
AFXT
INIT
CN4
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
A0
A1
A2
A3
CS
RD
WR
INH
RESET
CMREQ
WRRDY
RDREQ
TXD
READY
RXD
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
C101
0.1U
19
20
21
22
23
24
ACK
BUSY
PE
SELOT
ERR
+5
CG
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
10
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
N.C.
TYPEB
1284-B
7
8
9
10
11
74ACT1284
1
0
9
IC17C
74F32
IOC2
R127
8
DREQ3X
C98
33
0.1U
10
C147
0.1U
20
DB0
DB1
DB2
DB3
DB4
DB5
DB6
DB7
18
3
16
5
14
7
12
9
DB0
DB1
DB2
DB3
DB4
DB5
DB6
DB7
IC45
GND
+5
1Y1
2Y4
1Y2
2Y3
1Y3
2Y2
1Y4
2Y1
2G
1G
1A1
2A4
1A2
2A3
1A3
2A2
1A4
2A1
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
19
1
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
2
17
4
15
6
13
8
11
1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 5 1 1
6 8
2 3 4
6 6
9 2 2 3 3 4 4 4
3 3 5 3 3
2 7 8 1 2 1 2
0 3
D24
D25
D26
D27
D28
D29
D30
D31
S C C C CT
WD D D D E
I CPCPS
N H R H RT
T KT KT 2
0 0 1 1
T NDOCC
E MMP D D
S I AT RR
T
I I SS
1
NNT T
T T 0 1
PSCCPC
R RMP RT
F CDRI B
DNS
DL
K YT Y
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
IREQ2X
R116
33
R56
10K
74
75
76
90
77
78
34
35
36
38
39
40
DREQ1X
DS2X
R117
33
52
53
64
62
49
50
51
47
48
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
10
126
127
128
129
130
131
135
136
IODATA0
IODATA1
IODATA2
IODATA3
IODATA4
IODATA5
IODATA6
IODATA7
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
IC29
PDATA0
PDATA1
PDATA2
PDATA3
PDATA4
PDATA5
PDATA6
PDATA7
IOP0
IOP1
IOP2
IOP3
IOP4
IOP5
IOREQ
IOEAD
IOEND
IOBSY
CE
READ
WRITE
MCLK
RESET
DSR
CTS
RXD
168
169
172
VVVVVV
DDDDDD
DDDDDD
1 2 4 8 1 1
2 4 9 1 3
0 2 C99
TDATA00
TDATA01
TDATA02
TDATA03
TDATA04
TDATA05
TDATA06
TDATA07
TDATA10
TDATA11
TDATA12
TDATA13
TDATA14
TDATA15
TDATA16
TDATA17
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
0.1U
G GG GG G GG GG GG
NNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNN
DDDDDDDDDDDD CCCCCCCCCC
2 4 4 8 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 8 1 2 2 3 9 1 1 1 1
3 5 6 7 8 12 3 3 7 7 7
5 1 9 7 6 0 0 1 2
14 3 4 15 6
3 9 7 5
IC42A1
IC42B3
R115
R64
3
4
2
1
RM37
20
24
25
26
145
146
147
148
100
101
102
104
105
106
107
108
91
93
94
95
97
98
99
2
74F04
4
33
33
6
5
7
8
33/4
7
8
9
74F04
IC42C5
6
10
11
74F04
IC30
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
DIR
HD
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
VCC
VCC
GND
GND
20
19
18
17
14
13
12
15
16
5
6
RM29
1.2K/4
RM34
1.2K/4
R60
1.2K
C102
0.1U
RM33
1.2K/4
RM30
1.2K/4
3 2 1 4 4 3 2 1
4 3 2 14 3 2 1
6 7 8 5 5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
74ACT1284
1
2
3
4
167
170
173
174
11
12
13
14
16
17
18
19
PNLDATA0
PNLDATA1
PNLDATA2
PNLDATA3
PNLDATA4
PNLDATA5
PNLDATA6
PNLDATA7
LCLK
LCD
CD
LED
SWRD
PRD
PWR
TCE0
TRD0
TWR0
RDREQ0
WRRDY0
CMREQ0
INH0
TRST0
155
156
153
150
154
157
STB
SLCT
AUTO
INIT
TA00
TA01
TA02
TA03
TA10
TA11
TA12
TA13
1
2
3
4
165
164
163
162
161
160
159
158
166
149
151
152
DTR
RTS
TXD
BCLK
INT0
INT1
INT2
INT3
INT4
INT5
TCE1
TRD1
TWR1
RDREQ1
WRRDY1
CMREQ1
INH1
TRST1
SEV PE
T T S RP
S B RRR
SEDD
Y QY Y
BUSY
ACK
SELO
ERROR
PE
DIR0
74LS244/1
AB0
AB1
AB2
AB3
AB4
AB5
AB6
AB7
1 1 1
1 1 2 2 2
12 12 3
9 0
IC42D9
7
8
9
8
74F04
IC31
A1
A2
A3
A4
B1
B2
B3
B4
A5
A6
A7
B5
B6
B7
VCC
VCC
IC42E
11
10
11
10
DIR
HD
74F04
GND
GND
20
19
18
17
RM36 33/4
2
7
1
8
3
6
4
5
R62
33
14
13
12
15
16
5
6
33/4
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
RM32 33/4
RM31
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
R61
C103
0.1U
RM35
1
2
3
4
74ACT1284
68/4
8
7
6
5
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
3.9K
3
1
5
2
4
36
15
16
17
14
18
CN3
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
ACK
BUSY
PE
SELOT
ERR
PERILH
DB0
DB1
DB2
DB3
DB4
DB5
DB6
DB7
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
AB0
AB1
AB2
AB3
AB4
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
DS7X
RCX
WCX
24
23
25
1
26
2
NMIX
IREQ7X
DREQ0X
PCLK
1
2
3
4
31
32
33
34
35
36
RM52
8
7
6
5
37
38
39
40
10K/4
STRB
SELIN
AUTO
INIT
HOSTLH
27
28
29
30
C150
0.1U
3
4
5
6
1284-C
20
19
18
17
R65
R66
R67
14
13
12
15
16
33
33
33
C108
0.1U
5
6
IC32
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
VCC
VCC
GND
GND
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
DIR
HD
1
2
3
4
C104
100p
C105
100p
C106
100p
C107
100p
7
8
9
DB0
DB1
DB2
DB3
DB4
DB5
DB6
DB7
AB0
AB1
AB2
AB3
AB4
CS
RD
WR
NMI
IREQ
DREQ
PCLK
DTCT
RST
TXD+
TXDRXD+
RXDDTR
CTS
NC
NC
LCD
SWRD
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
GND
GND
GND
GND
IOBUS
6
3
8
5
1
2
7
10
11
CN5
4
CN6
TXD+
TXDRXD+
RXDDTR
SYNCB
N.C.
GND
AT
74ACT1284
Figure A-19. C207 MAIN BOARD (Interface)
IOC2
C100
0.1U
Rev. A
A-35
Appendix
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
TODX
C134
100P
C135
100P
C136
100P
C137
100P
C138
100P
C139
100P
DB[0..7]
DB[0..7]
IC37
DB0
DB1
DB2
DB3
DB4
DB5
DB6
DB7
A
B
0
2
3
4
5
8
9
10
11
AB[0..7]
AB[0..7]
AB0
AB1
AB2
AB3
AB4
AB5
AB6
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
14
15
16
RITX
RBX
WBX
97
98
VDATA0
VDATA1
26
RESETX
29
R82
R83
R84
IRQ5X
HSOUTX
VCLK
2MCLK
33
33
33
89
92
93
95
96
CPUD0
CPUD1
CPUD2
CPUD3
CPUD4
CPUD5
CPUD6
CPUD7
CPUA0
CPUA1
CPUA2
CPUA3
CPUA4
CPUA5
CPUA6
CS
RD
WR
VDIN0
VDIN1
RESET
BVCLK
RAMD0/VIRQ
HST
CLKOUT
MODE2
MODE1
49
TEST5/EIFEN
48
TEST6/STS
47
TEST7/ETBSY
46
TEST8/PRRDY
45
TEST9/EPRDY
83
RAMD6/CTBSY
84
RAMD5/PRFD
85
RAMD4/SRCLK
86
RAMD3/CMD
87
RAMD2/CPRDY
88
RAMD1/PRINT
VDOUT
VSYNC
HSYNC
RAMCS
WE
OE
AD12/PLLTHRU
AD11/PLLMONOE
AD10/PLLENB
AD9/PLLM1
AD8/PLLM0
AD7/PLLPRB1
AD6/PLLPRB0
AD5
AD4
RAMD7
AD3
AD2
AD1
AD0/PLLMON
5VPLL
3VPLL
FL2
TX14271NB
3
CR2
1
8
2
C153
0.1U
PJ7
BP
VCC
OUT
N.C.
C124
0.1U
4
C152
0.01U
R126
33
5
1
R95
33
3 1
GND
2
47.60528M
C125
NFM51R00P506T1
PJ8
CLKO_ENB
55
54
53
52
44
43
42
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
72
TEST1/PB0
TEST2/PB1
TEST3/PB2
TEST4/PB3
TEST10/PB4
TEST11/PB5
TEST12/PB6
RAMD8/PA0
RAMD9/PA1
RAMD10/PA2
RAMD11/PA3
RAMD12/PA4
RAMD13/PA5
RAMD14/PA6
RAMD15/PA7
35
37
38
PLLCAP
AD13
5V
5V
5V
5V
5V
5V
3V
3V
3V
3V
3V
R93
EPRDYX
CPRDYX
PRRDYX
PRINTX
ETBSYX
CTBSYX
SRCLK
STSX
CMDX
33
25
39
94
57
58
59
60
62
63
64
65
66
82
67
68
69
33
R87
33
R88
33
R89
33
R90
33
R91
R92
33
33
13
17
4
16
14
6
7
5
15
8
10
19
3
12
E_RSTX
R22
1K
1
2
11
EPRDY
CPRDY
PRRDY
PRINT
ETBSY
CTBSY
SRCLK
STS
CMD
TOD
HSYNC
VIDEO
RESET
NC
+5
+5
+5
1
C42
0.1U
2
C41
220U/
9
18
20
GND
GND
GND
ALBA_VIDEO
30
28
C119
0.1U
31
CN15
32
56
C120
220p 10%
C143
33p 10%
6
12
27
36
41
50
61
70
81
91
99
C123
0.1U
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
DB0
DB1
DB2
DB3
DB4
DB5
DB6
DB7
17
40
51
71
100
C122
0.1U
1
LCLK
1
7
13
34
80
90
C117
0.1U
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
3.3K/4
8
7
6
5
3.3K
680
CN1
C118
0.1U
PLLGND
RM47
1
2
3
4
R85
R86
C121
0.1U
6
5
10
7
3
8
LCD0X
LCDWRX
LEDX
SWINT
SWRDX
9
19
20
C132
0.1U
2
4
LCLK
DB0
DB1
DB2
DB3
DB4
DB5
DB6
DB7
A1
LCD
LCDWR
LED
SWINT
SWRD
NC
+5V
+5V
GND
GND
ALBA_PNL
RIT4PLUS
Figure A-20. C207 MAIN BOARD (Video I/F)
Rev. A
A-36
Appendix
A[0..27]
RM19 33/4
RM18
33/4
RM20 33/4
RM21 33/4
D[0..31]
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
CN13
N-BUS
A[0..27]
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
A20
A21
A22
A23
A24
A25
A26
A27
D[0..31]
3
4
6
7
8
9
11
12
13
14
16
17
18
19
20
21
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
32
33
34
35
36
37
39
40
41
42
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
D10
D11
D12
D13
D14
D15
D16
D17
D18
D19
D20
D21
D22
D23
D24
D25
D26
D27
D28
D29
D30
D31
72
74
2
75
76
77
78
80
81
82
83
MCLK
READYX
DREQX
DACKX
RWX
ASX
BE00X
BE08X
BE16X
BE24X
79
CS3X
84
85
IREQ0X
IREQ6X
87
10
22
43
61
86
97
114
136
147
165
171
196
201
RESETX
C96
0.1U
C95
0.1U
C94
0.1U
IC20
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
166
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
RAD0
RAD1
RAD2
RAD3
RAD4
RAD5
RAD6
RAD7
RAD8
RAD9
RAD10
RAD11
RAD12
RAD13
RAD14
RAD15
RAD16
RAD17
RAD18
RAD19
RAD20
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
193
194
195
197
198
199
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
R43
5
6
7
8
5
6
7
8
5
6
7
8
5
6
7
8
5
6
7
8
NALE
NCS
NWAIT
NIOR
NIOW
NIRQ
167
168
169
172
173
174
R44
R45
33
33
R46
R51
33
33
RALE
RCS
CID0
CID1
RMEMR
RMEMW
202
203
204
205
98
99
R47
R48
33
33
CD0
CD1
CD2
CD3
CD4
CD5
CD6
CD7
CD8
CD9
CD10
CD11
CD12
CD13
CD14
CD15
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
137
138
139
140
141
143
144
146
CD0
CD1
CD2
CD3
CD4
CD5
CD6
CD7
CD8
CD9
CD10
CD11
CD12
CD13
CD14
CD15
NC
CA1
CA13
CA14
CA15
CA16
CA17
CA18
CA19
CA20
CA21
CA22
CA23
CA24
CA25
110
111
112
113
115
116
117
118
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
CA13
CA14
CA15
CA16
CA17
CA18
CA19
CA20
CA21
CA22
CA23
CA24
CA25
BUFEN
BUFDIR
CCE0
CCE1
REG
MEMR
MEMW
WP
CDCT1
CDCT2
BVD1
BVD2
RDY/BSY
WAIT
RSTDRV
91
92
93
94
95
207
208
100
101
102
103
104
106
107
108
SD0
SD1
SD2
SD3
SD4
SD5
SD6
SD7
SD8
SD9
SD10
SD11
SD12
SD13
SD14
SD15
SD16
SD17
SD18
SD19
SD20
SD21
SD22
SD23
SD24
SD25
SD26
SD27
SD28
SD29
SD30
SD31
SCLK
READY
RDYMODE
DREQ
DACK
R/W
AS
BE00
BE08
BE16
BE24
CS
IREQ0
IREQ1
RESET
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
C87
0.1U
1
15
31
38
52
60
71
73
96
105
119
127
142
145
156
164
175
183
192
200
NAD0
NAD1
NAD2
NAD3
NAD4
NAD5
NAD6
NAD7
NAD8
NAD9
NAD10
NAD11
NAD12
NAD13
NAD14
NAD15
SA2
SA3
SA4
SA5
SA6
SA7
SA8
SA9
SA10
SA11
SA12
SA13
SA14
SA15
SA16
SA17
SA18
SA19
SA20
SA21
SA22
SA23
SA24
SA25
SA26
SA27
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
LA1 88
LCE
LOE
89
90
NC
NC
NC
5
170
206
R49
R50
RRRRRRRRRRR
NNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNA A A AA A RRRRRRRRRRAA A A AA A A AA A
A AA A AA A A AA DDDDDD AA AA A A AA A A DDDDDDDDDDD
DDDDDDDDDD1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2
DDDDDDDDDD 1 1 1 1 1 1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
0 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 12 3 4 5
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 9 3 1 3 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 4 14 1
0 9 9 7 8 6 7 5 5 4 4 2 3 12 0 0 9 9 8 8
1 2
3 4
6
7 8
9 0
RRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR
AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 12
0 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
R
A
D
[
0
.
.
2
0
]
VVVV
CCCC
CCCC
8 4 5 6
2 3 0
GGGGGGG
NNNNNNN
DDDDDDD
1 1 2 2 3 4 5
4 1 6 5 7 8
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
CD0
CD1
CD2
CD3
CD4
CD5
CD6
CD7
RM27
5
6
7
8
4
3
2
1
20
C86
0.1U
10K/4
10
IC26
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
+5
G
DIR
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
19
1
30
31
32
2
3
4
5
6
64
65
66
37
38
39
40
41
GND
74LS245
RAD0
RAD1
RAD2
RAD3
RAD4
RAD5
RAD6
RAD7
RAD8
RAD9
RAD10
RAD11
RAD12
RAD13
RAD14
RAD15
RAD16
RAD17
RAD18
RAD19
RAD20
33
RM22
33/4
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
CD8
CD9
CD10
CD11
CD12
CD13
CD14
CD15
RM23
33/4
RM24
33/4
20
RM25
33/4
C85
0.1U
RM26
33/4
10
IC25
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
+5
G
DIR
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
19
1
CCA2
CCA3
CCA4
CCA5
CCA6
CCA7
CCA8
CCA9
CCA10
CCA11
CCA12
CCA13
CCA14
CCA15
CCA16
CCA17
CCA18
CCA19
CCA20
CCA21
CCA22
CCA23
CCA24
CCA25
GND
74LS245
2
4
6
8
11
13
15
17
IC27
1A1
1A2
1A3
1A4
2A1
2A2
2A3
2A4
1
19
1Y1
1Y2
1Y3
1Y4
2Y1
2Y2
2Y3
2Y4
+5
1G
2G
18
16
14
12
9
7
5
3
20
E_RSTX
C88
33
33
WP
0.1U
GND
CD[0..15]
10
74LS244
7
8
5
RM28
6
10K/4
2
1
4
3
R52
R53
R54
IC17B
6
5
CA[0..25]
74F32
1
2
J13
3
Gate_Sel
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
2
1
42
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
IC21
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
N.C.
CE
OE
W/B/V
O0
O1
O2
O3
O4
O5
O6
O7
O8
O9
O10
O11
O12
O13
O14
O15
VDD
Rev. A
CD0
CD1
CD2
CD3
CD4
CD5
CD6
CD7
CD8
CD9
CD10
CD11
CD12
CD13
CD14
CD15
22
GND
GND
12
31
1
19
IC22
2A4
2A3
2A2
2A1
1A4
1A3
1A2
1A1
2Y4
2Y3
2Y2
2Y1
1Y4
1Y3
1Y2
1Y1
1G
2G
+5
3
5
7
9
12
14
16
18
CCA2
CCA3
CCA4
CCA5
CCA6
CCA7
CCA8
CCA9
CA13 11
CA14 13
CA15 15
CA16 17
CA17 2
CA18 4
CA19 6
CA20 8
1
19
20
IC24
2A1
2A2
2A3
2A4
1A1
1A2
1A3
1A4
2Y1
2Y2
2Y3
2Y4
1Y1
1Y2
1Y3
1Y4
1G
2G
+5
9
7
5
3
18
16
14
12
GND
CCA13
CCA14
CCA15
CCA16
CCA17
CCA18
CCA19
CCA20
C
C
A
[
0
.
.
2
5
]
18
52
17
51
C151
0.1U
C93
0.1U
1
34
35
68
CN14
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
D10
D11
D12
D13
D14
D15
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
A20
A21
A22
A23
A24
A25
CE1X
CE2X
OEX
WEX
WPX
READY
CD1X
CD2X
VS1X
VS2X
IOR
IOW
RFU
RESET
WAITX
REGX
BVD2
BVD1
VPP1
VPP2
VCC
VCC
GND
GND
GND
GND
PCMCIA
20
C91
0.1U
C89
0.1U
10
GND
74LS244
CA21 2
CA22 4
CA23 6
CA24 8
CA25 13
A10 15
A11 17
A12 11
1
19
C92
0.1U
EPROM4M*16
PIC
14
16
18
20
23
25
27
29
15
17
19
21
24
26
28
30
17
15
13
11
8
6
4
2
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
12
11
8
10
21
13
14
20
19
46
47
48
49
50
53
54
55
56
7
42
9
15
33
16
36
67
43
57
44
45
60
58
59
61
62
63
R119
33
10K
10K
10K
4
11
13
32
TEST 109
I
R C C MM
N W
A NA I I R A RI I EE
L C I OOE L C D DMM
E S T R WQ E S 0 1 R W
14 4 4 1 1 4 1 1 4 14
5 7 3 4 6 6
2 1 3 0 15
10
74LS244
IC23
1A1
1A2
1A3
1A4
2A2
2A3
2A4
2A1
1Y1
1Y2
1Y3
1Y4
2Y2
2Y3
2Y4
2Y1
1G
2G
+5
18
16
14
12
7
5
3
9
CCA21
CCA22
CCA23
CCA24
CCA25
CCA10
CCA11
CCA12
20
C90
0.1U
GND
74LS244
10
Figure A-21.
C207 MAIN BOARD
(MISC>)
A-37
Appendix
PJ10
CJ
PJ17
CJ
PJ11
CJ
PJ16
CJ
A20
PJ1
CJ
PJ15
CJ
A21
PJ2
R2
CJ
PJ3
R3
CJ
PJ4
R4
CJ
PJ5
R5
CJ
PJ6
PJ13
CJ
CJ
EPL-N2000 Service Manual
PJ18
CJ
D[0..31]
A[0..23]
CN1
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
D10
D11
D12
D13
D14
D15
D16
D17
D18
D19
D20
D21
D22
D23
D24
D25
D26
D27
D28
D29
D30
D31
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
A20
A21
A22
A23
CSI0
CSI1
CSO0
CSO1
RD
WR0
BWE0
BWE1
BWE2
BWE3
RD/BY
RESET
VPP
VPP
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
DTCT
WR1
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
D10
D11
D12
D13
D14
D15
D16
D17
D18
D19
D20
D21
D22
D23
D24
D25
D26
D27
D28
D29
D30
D31
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
A20
A21
A22
A23
A24
A25
A22
33
33
33
33
IC socket
IC3
7
VCC
6
OUT
C7
0.1U
5
4
NC
NC
NC
NC
C
GND
CJ
CJ
PJ19
CJ
4M Flash(IC3,4,5,6)/Fujitsu
PJ1: Open ,PJ10,11: Open
PJ2: Open ,R2: Short
PJ3: Open ,R3: Short
PJ7: Open ,PJ14: Short
4M Flash(IC3,4,5,6)/Intel
PJ1: Open ,PJ10,11: Short
PJ2: Open ,R2: Short
PJ3: Open ,R3: Short
PJ7: Open ,PJ14: Short
8M Flash(IC3,4,5,6)
PJ1: Short ,PJ10,11: Open
PJ2: Open ,R2: Short
PJ3: Open ,R3: Short
PJ7: Open ,PJ14: Short
8M MASK(IC3,4,5,6)
PJ1: Open ,PJ10,11: Open
PJ2: Short ,R2: Open
PJ3: Short ,R3: Open
PJ7: Open ,PJ14: Open
8M MASK(IC7,8)
PJ4: Open ,R4: Open
PJ5: Open ,R5: Open
PJ6: Open ,PJ13: Open
16M MASK(IC7,8)
PJ4: Short ,R4: Open
PJ5: Short ,R5: Open
PJ6: Open ,PJ13: Open
32M MASK(IC7,8)
PJ4: Short ,R4: Open
PJ5: Short ,R5: Open
PJ6: Short ,PJ13: Open
8M Flash(IC7,8)
PJ4: Open ,R4: Short
PJ5: Open ,R5: Short
PJ6: Open ,PJ13: Short
R1
1K
IC2
PJ7
PJ14
1
2
3
8
M51953BFP
C9
0.22U
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
3
2
43
44
1
12
14
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
PJ8 setting
IC3,4,5,6=4M Flash: Short
IC3,4,5,6=8M Flash: Open
A20
A21
A22
A23
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
PJ9 setting(Depend on Main spec)
for RE65
Open :use Main board font ROM
Short:use IC7,8 as font data
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
3
2
43
44
1
IC1
39
40
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
41
42
43
44
45
47
46
48
1
11
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I/O/Q
I/O/Q
I/O/Q
I/O/Q
I/O/Q
I/O/Q
I/O/Q
I/O/Q
CLK/I
OE/I
73
74
VCC
GND
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
R8
R9
CE00X
CE01X
WE0-15
WE16-31
33
33
12
14
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
N.C.
N.C.
CE
OE
IC5
O0
O1
O2
O3
O4
O5
O6
O7
O8
O9
O10
O11
O12
O13
O14
O15
BYTE
VDD
33
23
GND
GND
GND
GND
10K
PJ8
CJ
R12
R13
C8
0.1U
R11
10K
PJ12
CJ
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
3
2
43
44
1
12
14
D16
D17
D18
D19
D20
D21
D22
D23
D24
D25
D26
D27
D28
D29
D30
D31
C2
0.1U
13
32
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
3
2
43
44
1
12
14
MROM16M*16/SOP
R10
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
13
32
MROM16M*16/SOP
IC4
15
A0
O0
17
A1
O1
19
A2
O2
21
A3
O3
24
A4
O4
26
A5
O5
28
A6
O6
30
A7
O7
16
A8
O8
18
A9
O9
20
A10
O10
22
A11
O11
25
A12
O12
27
A13
O13
29
A14
O14
31
A15
O15
A16
33
A17
BYTE
23
A18
VDD
A19
N.C.
N.C.
CE
OE
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
D10
D11
D12
D13
D14
D15
C1
0.1U
20
10
15
17
19
21
24
26
28
30
16
18
20
22
25
27
29
31
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
N.C.
N.C.
CE
OE
IC7
O0
O1
O2
O3
O4
O5
O6
O7
O8
O9
O10
O11
O12
O13
O14
O15
15
17
19
21
24
26
28
30
16
18
20
22
25
27
29
31
BYTE
VDD
33
23
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
A20
C3
0.1U
GND
GND
13
32
MROM16M*16/SOP
IC6
15
A0
O0
17
A1
O1
19
A2
O2
21
A3
O3
24
A4
O4
26
A5
O5
28
A6
O6
30
A7
O7
16
A8
O8
18
A9
O9
20
A10
O10
22
A11
O11
25
A12
O12
27
A13
O13
29
A14
O14
31
A15
O15
A16
33
A17
BYTE
23
A18
VDD
A19
N.C.
N.C.
CE
OE
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
D10
D11
D12
D13
D14
D15
GND
GND
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
3
2
43
44
1
12
14
D16
D17
D18
D19
D20
D21
D22
D23
D24
D25
D26
D27
D28
D29
D30
D31
C4
0.1U
13
32
MROM16M*16/SOP
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
A20
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
3
2
43
44
1
12
14
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
N.C.
N.C.
CE
OE
O0
O1
O2
O3
O4
O5
O6
O7
O8
O9
O10
O11
O12
O13
O14
O15
15
17
19
21
24
26
28
30
16
18
20
22
25
27
29
31
BYTE
VDD
33
23
C5
0.1U
GND
GND
13
32
MROM16M*16/SOP
IC8
15
A0
O0
17
A1
O1
19
A2
O2
21
A3
O3
24
A4
O4
26
A5
O5
28
A6
O6
30
A7
O7
16
A8
O8
18
A9
O9
20
A10
O10
22
A11
O11
25
A12
O12
27
A13
O13
29
A14
O14
31
A15
O15
A16
33
A17
BYTE
23
A18
VDD
A19
N.C.
N.C.
CE
OE
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
D10
D11
D12
D13
D14
D15
GND
GND
D16
D17
D18
D19
D20
D21
D22
D23
D24
D25
D26
D27
D28
D29
D30
D31
C6
0.1U
13
32
MROM16M*16/SOP
33
33
IC3,4,5,6 can use 4/8M Flash(Intel/Fujitsu),8/16/32M MASK
IC7,8 can use 8M Flash(Intel/Fujitsu),8/16/32M MASK
PAL16V8
75
76
1
2
3
4
37
PJ9
CJ
C10
0.1U
38
77
78
79
80
Figure A-22. C207 PROG BOARD
ROM_BUS/R
Rev. A
A-38
EPSON